Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Publishing / John Wiley & Sons Inc.

John Wiley & Sons Inc.

jw-a · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker jw-a
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Publishing
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, DC  20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 
☒          ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended:  April 30, 2019 

OR 

☐           TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the transition period from _________ to _________ 
Commission file number   001-11507 

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. 

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) 

NEW YORK 
State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization 

13-5593032 
I.R.S. Employer Identification No. 

111 River Street, Hoboken, NJ 
Address of principal executive offices 

07030 
Zip Code 

 (201) 748-6000  
 Registrant’s telephone number including area code  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  
Title of each class 
Class A Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share 
Class B Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
New York Stock Exchange 
New York Stock Exchange 

Trading Symbol 
JW.A 
JW.B 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes ☒   No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  
Yes ☐   No ☒ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), 
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes ☒   No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and 
posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period 
that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes ☒   No ☐ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers  pursuant  to  Item  405  of  Regulation  S-K  (§229.405  of  this  chapter)  is  not 
contained  herein,  and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☐ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller 
reporting  company,  or  an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller 
reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

Large accelerated filer ☒ 
Non-accelerated filer ☐ 

Accelerated filer ☐ 
Smaller reporting company ☐ 
Emerging growth company ☐ 

If  an  emerging  growth  company,  indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  has  elected  not  to  use  the  extended  transition  period  for 
complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   Yes ☐    No ☒ 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price as of 
the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, October 31, 2018, was approximately $2,465 
million. The registrant has no non-voting common stock. 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Class A and Class B Common Stock as of May 31, 2019 was 47,499,550 and 
9,132,133 respectively. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for use in connection with its annual meeting of stockholders scheduled to be 
held on September 26, 2019, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
FORM 10-K 
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30, 2019 
INDEX 

Business 
Risk Factors 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Mine Safety Disclosures 
Information About Our Executive Officers 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities 
Selected Financial Data 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
Controls and Procedures 
Other Information 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Executive Compensation 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services           

PART I 
ITEM 1. 
ITEM 1A. 
ITEM 1B. 
ITEM 2. 
ITEM 3. 
ITEM 4 

PART II 
ITEM 5. 

ITEM 6. 
ITEM 7. 
ITEM 7A. 
ITEM 8. 
ITEM 9. 
ITEM 9A. 
ITEM 9B. 

PART III 
ITEM 10. 
ITEM 11. 
ITEM 12. 
ITEM 13. 
ITEM 14. 

PART IV 
ITEM 15. 
ITEM 16.  
SIGNATURES 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 
Form 10-K Summary 

PAGE 
4
10
17
18
18
18
19

20
20
22
42
44
92
92
92

93
93
93
94
94

95
 96

2 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements “Safe Harbor” Statement under the Private Securities Litigation 
Reform Act of 1995: 

This report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation 
Reform Act of 1995 concerning our business, consolidated financial condition and results of operations. The Securities and Exchange 
Commission  (“SEC”)  encourages  companies  to  disclose  forward-looking  information  so  that  investors  can  better  understand  a 
company’s  prospects  and  make  informed  investment  decisions.  Forward-looking  statements  are  subject  to  risks  and  uncertainties, 
many  of  which  are  outside  our  control,  which  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  these  statements.  Therefore,  you 
should  not  rely  on  any  of  these  forward-looking  statements.  Forward-looking  statements  can  be  identified  by  such  words  as 
“anticipates,”  “believes,”  “plan,”  “assumes,”  “could,”  “should,”  “estimates,”  “expects,”  “intends,”  “potential,”  “seek,”  “predict,” 
“may,” “will” and similar references to future periods. All statements other than statements of historical facts included in this report 
regarding  our  strategies,  prospects,  financial  condition,  operations,  costs,  plans  and  objectives  are  forward-looking  statements. 
Examples  of  forward-looking  statements  include,  among  others,  statements  we  make  regarding  our  fiscal  year  2020  outlook, 
anticipated  restructuring  charges  and  savings,  operations,  performance,  and  financial  condition. Reliance  should  not  be  placed  on 
forward-looking statements, as actual results may differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements. Any such forward-
looking  statements  are  based  upon  many  assumptions  and  estimates  that  are  inherently  subject  to  uncertainties  and  contingencies, 
many of which are beyond our control, and are subject to change based on many important factors. Such factors include, but are not 
limited to (i) the level of investment in new technologies and products; (ii) subscriber renewal rates for our journals; (iii) the financial 
stability  and  liquidity  of  journal  subscription  agents;  (iv)  the  consolidation  of  book  wholesalers  and  retail  accounts;  (v)  the  market 
position and financial stability of key retailers; (vi) the seasonal nature of our educational business and the impact of the used book 
market; (vii) worldwide economic and political conditions; (viii) our ability to protect our copyrights and other intellectual property 
worldwide;  (ix)  our  ability  to  successfully  integrate  acquired  operations  and  realize  expected  opportunities;  (x)  achievement  of 
targeted run rate savings through restructuring activities; and (xi) other factors detailed from time to time in our filings with the SEC. 
We undertake no obligation to update or revise any such forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances. 

Please refer to Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for important factors that we believe could cause 
actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  in  our forward-looking statements.  Any  forward-looking  statement  made  by us  in  this 
report  is  based  only  on  information  currently  available  to  us  and  speaks  only  as of  the  date on which  it  is  made. We undertake no 
obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time, whether as 
a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures: 

We present financial information that conforms to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America (“U.S. 
GAAP”). We also present financial information that does not conform to U.S. GAAP, which we refer to as non-GAAP. 

In this report, we may present the following non-GAAP performance measures: 

  Adjusted Earnings Per Share “(Adjusted EPS)”; 
  Free Cash Flow less Product Development Spending; 
  Adjusted Revenue;  
  Adjusted Operating Income and margin; 
  Adjusted Contribution to Profit and margin; 
  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA; and 
  Results on a constant currency basis. 

Management  uses  these  non-GAAP  performance  measures  as  supplemental  indicators  of  our  operating  performance  and  financial 
position as well for internal reporting and forecasting purposes, when publicly providing its outlook, to evaluate our performance and 
calculate  incentive  compensation.  We  present  these  non-GAAP  performance  measures  in  addition  to  U.S.  GAAP  financial  results 
because we believe that these non-GAAP performance measures provide useful information to certain investors and financial analysts 
for operational trends and comparisons over time. The use of these non-GAAP performance measures may also provide a consistent 
basis to evaluate operating profitability and performance trends by excluding items that we do not consider to be controllable activities 
for this purpose. 

For example: 

  Adjusted EPS, Adjusted Revenue, Adjusted Operating Profit, Adjusted Contribution to Profit, and Adjusted EBITDA provide 
a  more  comparable  basis  to  analyze  our  operating  results  and  earnings  over  time  and  are  measures  commonly  used  by 
shareholders to measure our performance. 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Free  Cash  Flow  less  Product  Development  Spending  helps  assess  our  ability,  over  the  long  term,  to  create  value  for  our 
shareholders  as  it  represents  cash  available  to  repay  debt,  pay  common  stock  dividends  and  fund  share  repurchases  and 
acquisitions. 

  Results  on  a  constant  currency  basis  removes  distortion  from  the  effects  of  foreign  currency  movements  to  provide  better 
comparability  of  our  business  trends  from  period  to  period.  We  measure  our  performance  before  the  impact  of  foreign 
currency (or at “constant currency”), which means that we apply the same foreign currency exchange rates for the current and 
equivalent prior period. 

In addition, we have historically provided these or similar non-GAAP performance measures and understand that some investors and 
financial  analysts  find  this  information  helpful  in  analyzing  our  operating  margins,  and  net  income  and  comparing  our  financial 
performance to that of our peer companies and competitors. Based on interactions with investors, we also believe that our non-GAAP 
performance measures are regarded as useful to our investors as supplemental to our U.S. GAAP financial results, and that there is no 
confusion regarding the adjustments or our operating performance to our investors due to the comprehensive nature of our disclosures. 
We have not provided our 2020 outlook for the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures, as they are not available 
without  unreasonable  effort  due  to  the  high  variability,  complexity,  and  low  visibility  with  respect  to  certain  items,  including 
restructuring charges and credits, gains and losses on foreign currency, and other gains and losses. These items are uncertain, depend 
on various factors, and could be material to our consolidated results computed in accordance with U.S. GAAP. 

Non-GAAP  performance  measures  do  not  have  standardized  meanings  prescribed  by  U.S.  GAAP  and  therefore  may  not  be 
comparable to the calculation of similar measures used by other companies and should not be viewed as alternatives to measures of 
financial results under U.S. GAAP. The adjusted metrics have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation 
from or as a substitute for U.S. GAAP information. It does not purport to represent any similarly titled U.S. GAAP information and is 
not an indicator of our performance under U.S. GAAP. Non-U.S. GAAP financial metrics that we present may not be comparable with 
similarly titled measures used by others. Investors are cautioned against placing undue reliance on these non-U.S. GAAP measures. 

PART I 

Item 1.  Business 

The Company, founded in 1807, was incorporated in the state of New York on January 15, 1904. Throughout this report, when we 
refer to “Wiley,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us,” we are referring to John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and all of our subsidiaries, except 
where the context indicates otherwise. 

Please refer to Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” for financial information about the Company and its 
subsidiaries, which is incorporated herein by reference. Also, when we cross reference to a “Note,” we are referring to our “Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements,” unless the context indicates otherwise. 

We  are  a  global  research  and  learning  company.  Through  the  Research  segment,  we  provide  scientific,  technical,  medical,  and 
scholarly  journals,  as  well  as  related  content  and  services,  to  academic,  corporate,  and  government  libraries,  learned  societies,  and 
individual  researchers  and  other  professionals.  The  Publishing  segment  provides  scientific,  professional,  and  education  books  and 
related content in print and digital formats, as well as test preparation services and course workflow tools, to libraries, corporations, 
students, professionals, and researchers.  The Solutions segment provides online program management services for higher education 
institutions and learning, development, and assessment services for businesses and professionals. Our operations are primarily located 
in the United States (“U.S.”), United Kingdom (“U.K.”), Germany, Russia, Singapore, and France. 

Business  growth  strategies  include  driving  pricing  and  volume  growth  from  existing  journal  and  book  brands  and  titles,  as  well  as 
learning  services  related  to  education  and  professional  development,  the  development  of  new  journal  titles  or  through  publishing 
partnerships,  technology  and  content  acquisitions  which  complement  our  existing  businesses,  designing  and  implementing  new 
methods of delivering products to our customers, and the development of new products and services. 

Business Segments 

We report our segment information in accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards 
Codification Topic 280, “Segment Reporting” (“FASB ASC Topic 280”). Our segment reporting structure consists of three reportable 
segments, which are listed below, and a Corporate category:  

  Research; 
  Publishing; and 
  Solutions 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research: 

Research’s mission is to support researchers, professionals and learners in the discovery and use of research knowledge to help them 
achieve their goals in research, learning and practice.  Research provides scientific, technical, medical, and scholarly journals, as well 
as  related  content  and  services,  to  academic,  corporate,  and  government  libraries,  learned  societies,  and  individual  researchers  and 
other  professionals.  Journal  publishing  areas  include  the  physical  sciences  and  engineering,  health  sciences,  social  sciences  and 
humanities and life sciences. Research also includes Atypon Systems, Inc. (“Atypon”), a publishing software and service provider that 
enables  scholarly  and  professional  societies  and  publishers  to  deliver,  host,  enhance,  market,  and  manage  their  content  on  the  web 
through the Literatum platform.  

Research’s  customers  include  academic,  corporate,  government,  and  public  libraries,  funders  of  research,  researchers,  scientists, 
clinicians, engineers and technologists, scholarly and professional societies, and students and professors. Research’s products are sold 
and  distributed  globally  in  digital  and  print  formats  through  multiple  channels,  including  research  libraries  and  library  consortia, 
independent  subscription  agents,  direct  sales  to  professional  society  members,  and  other  customers.  Publishing  centers  include 
Australia, China, Germany, India, the United Kingdom, and the United States. Research’s revenue accounted for approximately 52% 
of our consolidated revenue in the year ended April 30, 2019. 

Research’s  major  products  are:  Journal  Subscriptions,  Licensing,  Reprints,  Backfiles,  and  Other,  Open  Access  and  Publishing 
Technology Services (Atypon). The graphs below present Research revenue by product type for the years ended April 30, 2019 and 
2018: 

Key  growth  strategies  for  the  Research  business  include  evolving  and  developing  new  licensing  models  for  our  institutional 
customers, developing new open access products and revenue streams, focusing resources on high-growth and emerging markets, and 
developing new digital products, services, and workflow solutions to meet the needs of researchers, authors, societies, and corporate 
customers. 

Journal Subscriptions 

We publish approximately 1,700 academic research journals. We sell journal subscriptions directly through our sales representatives, 
indirectly  through  independent  subscription  agents,  through  promotional  campaigns,  and  through  memberships  in  professional 
societies for those journals that are sponsored by societies. Journal subscriptions, making up approximately 37% of our consolidated 
2019  total  company  revenue,  are  primarily  licensed  through  contracts  for  digital  content  available  online  through  Wiley  Online 
Library,  which  we  migrated  to  our  Literatum  platform  in  March  2018,  acquired  as  part  of  our  purchase  of  Atypon.  Contracts  are 
negotiated  by  us  directly  with  customers  or  their  subscription  agents.  Subscription  periods  typically  cover  calendar  years.  Print 
journals  are  generally  mailed  to  subscribers  directly  from  independent  printers. We  do  not  own  or  manage  printing 
facilities. Subscription revenue is generally collected in advance. 

Approximately 50% of Journal Subscription revenue is derived from publishing rights owned by us. Publishing alliances also play a 
major  role  in  Research’s  success.  Approximately  50%  of  Journal  Subscription  revenue  is  derived  from  publication  rights  that  are 
owned by professional societies and published by us pursuant to a long-term contract (generally 5–10 years) or owned jointly with a 
professional society. These society alliances bring mutual benefit, with the societies gaining Wiley’s publishing, marketing, sales, and 
distribution expertise, while Wiley benefits from being affiliated with prestigious societies and their members. Societies that sponsor 
or own such journals generally receive a royalty and/or other financial consideration. We may procure editorial services from  such 
societies  on  a  pre-negotiated  fee  basis.  We  also  enter  into  agreements  with  outside  independent  editors  of  journals  that  define  the 
duties of the editors and the fees and expenses for their services. Contributors of articles to our journal portfolio transfer publication 
rights  to  us  or  a  professional  society,  as  applicable.  We  publish  the  journals  of  many  prestigious  societies,  including  the  American 
Cancer  Society,  the  American  Heart  Association,  the  British  Journal  of  Surgery  Society,  the  European  Molecular  Biology 
Organization, the American Anthropological Association, the American Geophysical Union, and the German Chemical Society. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Literatum, our online publishing platform for our Research segment, delivers integrated access to over 7 million articles from 1,700 
journals,  as  well  as  19,000  online  books  and  hundreds  of  multi-volume  reference  works,  laboratory  protocols  and  databases.  Wiley 
Online  Library,  which  is  delivered  through  our  Literatum  platform,  provides  the  user  with  intuitive  navigation,  enhanced 
discoverability, expanded functionality, and a range of personalization options. Access to abstracts is free and full content is accessible 
through licensing agreements or as individual article purchases. Large portions of the content are provided free or at nominal cost to 
nations in the developing world through partnerships with certain non-profit organizations. Our online publishing platforms provide 
revenue  growth  opportunities  through  new  applications  and  business  models,  online  advertising,  deeper  market  penetration,  and 
individual sales and pay-per-view options. The Literatum platform hosts over 40% of the world’s English language journals. 

In 2018, Wiley saw an increase in impact factors across more than half of its indexed titles. An Impact Factor is an industry measure 
of the importance of a journal within its field and is determined based on the number of citations received by the journal, from other 
journals. According to the 2017 Journal Citation Reports (“JCR”), re-released in October 2018 by Clarivate Analytics, 58% of Wiley 
journals increased their impact factor between 2016 and 2017.  Wiley had 1,221 journals indexed (72% of the Wiley portfolio), with 
13 Wiley titles receiving their first impact factor in this year’s JCR release. In addition, 25 Wiley journals achieved a top-category 
rank, including CA:A Cancer Journal for Clinicians (Impact Factor of 244.585, ranked #1 in Oncology), World Psychiatry (Impact 
Factor of 30.000, ranked #1 in Psychiatry – the first Social Sciences title to reach an Impact Factor of 30) and Journal of Cachexia, 
Sarcopenia  and  Muscle  (Impact  Factor  of  12.511,  ranked  #1  in  Geriatrics  &  Gerontology). The  Clarivate  Analytics  index  is  a 
barometer of journal influence across the research community. 

Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other 

Licensing,  Reprints,  Backfiles,  and  Other  includes  advertising,  backfile  sales,  the  licensing  of  publishing  rights,  journal  and  article 
reprints, and individual article sales. We generate advertising revenue from print and online journal subscription products, our online 
publishing  platform,  Literatum,  online  events  such  as  webinars  and  virtual  conferences,  community  interest  Web  sites  such  as 
spectroscopyNOW.com, and other Web sites.  A backfile license provides access to a historical collection of Wiley journals, generally 
for  a  one-time  fee. We  also  engage  with  international  publishers  and  receive  licensing  revenue  from  photocopies,  reproductions, 
translations,  and  other  digital  uses  of  our  content. Journal  and  article  reprints  are  primarily  used  by  pharmaceutical  companies  and 
other industries for marketing and promotional purposes. Through the Article Select and PayPerView programs, we provide fee-based 
access to non-subscribed journal articles, content, book chapters, and major reference work articles. The Research business is also a 
provider  of  content  and  services  in  evidence-based  medicine (“EBM”). Through our  alliance  with  The  Cochrane Collaboration, we 
publish The  Cochrane  Library,  a premier  source of high-quality  independent  evidence  to  inform  healthcare decision-making.  EBM 
facilitates  the  effective  management  of  patients  through  clinical  expertise  informed  by  best  practice  evidence  that  is  derived  from 
medical literature. 

Open Access 

Under the Author-Funded Access business model, accepted research articles are published subject to payment of Article Publication 
Charges ("APCs"). All Author-Funded articles are immediately free to access online. Contributors of Author-Funded Access articles 
retain many rights and typically license their work under terms that permit re-use. 

Author-Funded Access offers authors choices in how to share and disseminate their work, and it serves the needs of researchers who 
may be required by their research funder to make articles freely accessible without embargo. APCs are typically paid by the individual 
author  or  by  the  author’s  funder,  and  payments  are  often  mediated  by  the  author’s  institution.  We  provide  specific  workflows  and 
infrastructure to authors, funders, and institutions to support the requirements of the Author-Funded Access model. 

We offer two Open Access publishing models. The first of these is Hybrid Open Access where, upon payment of an APC, authors 
publishing  in  the  majority  of  our  paid  subscription  journals  are  offered,  after  article  acceptance,  the  opportunity  to  make  their 
individual research article openly available through the OnlineOpen service.  

The second offering of the Open Access model is a growing portfolio of fully open access journals, also known as Gold Open Access 
Journals, in which all accepted articles are published subject to receipt of an APC. All Open Access articles are subject to the same 
rigorous  peer-review  process  applied  to  our  subscription-based  journals.  As  with  our  subscription  portfolio,  a  number  of  the  Gold 
Open  Access  Journals  are  published  under  contract  for,  or  in  partnership  with,  prestigious  societies,  including  the  American 
Geophysical  Union,  the  American  Heart  Association,  the  European  Molecular  Biology  Organization  and  the  British  Ecological 
Society. The Open Access portfolio spans life, physical, medical and social sciences and includes a choice of high impact journals and 
broad-scope titles that offer a responsive, author-centered service. 

In January 2019, Wiley announced a new contractual arrangement in support of Open Access, a countrywide partnership agreement 
with  Projekt  DEAL,  a  representative  of  nearly  700  academic  institutions  in  Germany.  This  transformative  three-year  agreement 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
provides all Projekt DEAL institutions with access to read Wiley’s academic journals back to the year 1997, and researchers at Projekt 
DEAL institutions can publish articles open access in Wiley’s journals. The partnership will better support institutions and researchers 
in advancing open science, driving discovery, and developing and disseminating knowledge. We are compensated primarily through a 
fee per article published. 

Publishing Technology Services (Atypon) 

Atypon is a publishing software and service provider that enables scholarly and professional societies and publishers to deliver, host, 
enhance, market, and manage their content on the web through the Literatum platform.  

Publishing: 

Our Publishing segment acquires, develops, and publishes scientific, professional and education books and related content, as well as 
test preparation services and course workflow tools, to libraries, corporations, students, professionals, and researchers. Communities 
served  include  business,  finance,  accounting,  workplace  learning,  management,  leadership,  technology,  behavioral  health, 
engineering/  architecture,  science  and  medicine,  and  education.   Products  are  developed  in  print  and  digitally  for  worldwide 
distribution through multiple channels, including chain and online booksellers, libraries, colleges and universities, corporations, direct 
to consumer, Web sites, distributor networks and other online applications. Publishing centers include Australia, Germany, India, the 
United Kingdom, and the United States. Publishing accounted for approximately 32% of our consolidated revenue in the year ended 
April 30, 2019. 

Publishing revenue by product type are: STM (Scientific, Technical and Medical) and Professional Publishing, Education Publishing, 
Test Preparation and Certification, Courseware (WileyPLUS), and Licensing, Distribution, Advertising and Other. The graphs below 
present Publishing revenue by product type for the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018: 

Key  growth  strategies  for  the  Publishing  business  include  developing  and  acquiring  products  and  services  to  drive  corporate 
development  and  professional  career  development,  developing  leading  brands  and  franchises,  executing  strategic  acquisitions  and 
partnerships,  and  innovating  digital  book  formats  while  expanding  their  global  discoverability  and  distribution.  We  continue  to 
implement strategies to manage declines in print revenue through cost improvement initiatives and focusing our efforts on growing its 
digital  lines  of  business. We  are  continuing  to  perform  portfolio  reviews  and  workforce  realignment,  restructuring,  and  operational 
excellence initiatives. In certain areas, we will explore new formats or promote digital-only, and in other areas, we may rationalize our 
portfolio. Our approach is to continue to realign our cost structure to help mitigate the market changes that are contributing to revenue 
decline, and to sharpen our focus on high performing areas and digital opportunities, while improving operating efficiency. 

Publishing  

Book products accounted for approximately 24% of our consolidated fiscal year 2019 revenue. Categories include STM, Professional, 
and Education Publishing. 

STM books are sold and distributed globally in digital and print formats through multiple channels, including research libraries and 
library consortia, independent subscription agents, direct sales to professional society members, bookstores, online booksellers, and 
other customers. 

Professional books, which include business and finance, technology, and other professional categories, as well as the For Dummies 
brand, are sold to bookstores and online booksellers serving the general public, wholesalers who supply such bookstores, warehouse 
clubs, college bookstores, individual practitioners, industrial organizations and government agencies. We employ sales representatives 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
who  call  upon  independent  bookstores,  national  and  regional  chain  bookstores,  and  wholesalers.  Sales  of  professional  books  also 
result from direct mail campaigns, telemarketing, online access, advertising, and reviews in periodicals. 

Education textbooks and related supplementary material and digital products are sold primarily to bookstores and online booksellers 
serving both for-profit and nonprofit educational institutions (primarily colleges and universities), and direct-to-students. We employ 
sales representatives who call on faculty responsible for selecting books to be used in courses, and on the bookstores that serve such 
institutions  and  their  students.  The  textbook  business  is  seasonal,  with  the  majority  of  textbook  sales  occurring  during  the  July-
through- October and December-through-January periods. There are active used and rental print textbook markets, which adversely 
affect the sale of new textbooks. We are exploring opportunities to expand into the print rental market. 

Book  sales  for  STM,  Professional  and  Education  Publishing  are  generally  made  on  a  returnable  basis  with  certain  restrictions.  We 
provide for estimated future returns on sales made during the year based on historical return experience and current market trends. 

Materials  for  book  publications  are  obtained  from  authors  throughout  most  of  the  world,  utilizing  the  efforts  of  an  editorial  staff, 
outside editorial advisors, and advisory boards. Most materials are originated by the authors themselves or as a result of suggestion or 
solicitations  by  editors  and  advisors.  We  enter  into  agreements  with  authors  that  state  the  terms  and  conditions  under  which  the 
materials will be published, the name in which the copyright will be registered, the basis for any royalties, and other matters. Most of 
the  authors  are  compensated  with  royalties,  which  vary  depending  on  the  nature  of  the  product.  We  may  make  advance  royalty 
payments against future royalties to authors of certain publications. Royalty advances are reviewed for recoverability and a reserve for 
loss is maintained, if appropriate. 

We continue to add new titles, revise existing titles, and discontinue the sale of others in the normal course of our business, and we 
also  create  adaptations  of  original  content  for  specific  markets  based  on  customer  demand.  Our  general  practice  is  to  revise  our 
textbooks  approximately  every  three  years,  if  warranted,  and  to  revise  other  titles  as  appropriate.  Subscription-based  products  are 
updated on a more frequent basis. 

We generally contract with independent printers and binderies globally for their services. Management believes that adequate printing 
and binding facilities and sources of paper and other required materials are available to it, and that it is not dependent upon any single 
supplier. 

In fiscal year 2016, we entered into an agreement to outsource our US-based book distribution operations to Cengage Learning, with 
the  continued aim  of  improving  efficiency in  our distribution  activities  and  moving  to  a  more  variable  cost  model. As  of  April  30, 
2019, we had one global warehousing and distribution facility remaining, which is in the United Kingdom. 

We develop content in a digital format that can be used for both digital and print products, resulting in productivity and efficiency 
savings, and enabling print-on-demand delivery. Book content is available online through Wiley Online Library (delivered through our 
Literatum platform), WileyPLUS, Wiley Custom Select, and other proprietary platforms. Digital books are delivered to intermediaries, 
including Amazon, Apple, Google and Ingram/Vital-Source, for re-sale to individuals in various industry-standard formats, which are 
now  the  preferred  deliverable  for  licensees  of  all  types,  including  foreign  language  publishers.  Digital  books  are  also  licensed  to 
libraries through aggregators. Specialized formats for digital textbooks go to distributors servicing the academic market, and digital 
book  collections  are  sold  by  subscription  through  independent  third-party  aggregators  servicing  distinct  communities.  Custom 
deliverables are provided to corporations, institutions, and associations to educate their employees, generate leads for their products, 
and extend their brands. Content from digital books is also used to create online articles, mobile apps, newsletters, and promotional 
collateral. This continual re-use of content improves margins, speeds delivery, and helps satisfy a wide range of customer needs. Our 
online presence not only enables us to deliver content online, but also to sell more books. The growth of online booksellers benefits us 
because they provide unlimited virtual “shelf space” for our entire backlist. 

Publishing alliances and franchise products are important to our strategy. Professional publishing alliance partners include the AICPA, 
the  CFA  Institute,  ACT  (American  College  Test),  IEEE,  American  Institute  of  Chemical  Engineers,  and  many  others.   Education 
publishing  alliance  partners  include  Microsoft®,  Blackboard,  Instructure,  and  the  Culinary  Institute  of  America.  The  ability  to  join 
Wiley’s product development, sales, marketing, distribution, and technology with a partner’s content, technology, and/or brand name 
has contributed to our success. 

We also promote active and growing custom professional and education publishing programs. Our custom professional publications 
are  used  by  professional  organizations  for  internal  promotional  or  incentive  programs  and  include  digital  and  print  books  written 
specifically for a customer and customizations of existing publications to include custom cover art, such as imprints, messages, and 
slogans.  More  specific  are  customized  For  Dummies  publications,  which  leverage  the  power  of  this  well-known  brand  to  meet  the 
specific  information  needs  of  a  wide  range  of  organizations  around  the  world.  Our  custom  education  publishing  program  offers  an 
array of tools and services designed to put the creation of customized content in instructors’ hands to create high-quality, affordable 
education  solutions  tailored  to  meet  individual  classroom  needs.  Through  Wiley  Custom  Select,  an  online  custom  textbook  system, 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
instructors can build print and digital materials tailored to their specific course needs and add their own content to create a customized 
solution. 

Courseware (WileyPLUS) 

We offer high-quality online learning solutions, including WileyPLUS, a research-based, online environment for effective teaching and 
learning  that  is  integrated  with  a  complete  digital  textbook.  WileyPLUS  improves  student  learning  through  instant  feedback, 
personalized learning plans, and self-evaluation tools, as well as a full range of course-oriented activities, including online planning, 
presentations,  study,  homework,  and  testing.  In  selected  courses,  WileyPLUS  includes  a  personalized  adaptive  learning  component, 
Orion, which is based on cognitive science. Orion helps to build student proficiency on topics while improving the effectiveness of 
their study time. It assists educators in identifying areas that need reinforcement and measures student engagement and proficiency 
throughout the course.  

Test Preparation and Certification 

The Test Preparation and Certification business represents learning solutions, training activities and print and digital formats that are 
delivered  to  customers  directly  through  online  digital  delivery  platforms,  bookstores,  online  booksellers,  and  other  customers.  
Products  include  CPAExcel,  a  modular,  digital  platform  comprised  of  online  self-study,  videos,  mobile  apps,  and  sophisticated 
planning tools to help professionals prepare for the CPA exam, and test preparation products for the CFA®, CMA, CIA®, CMT®, 
FRN®, FINRA, Banking, and PMP® exams.  

Licensing, Distribution, Advertising, and Other 

Licensing  and  distribution  services  are  made  available  to  other  publishers  under  agency  arrangements.  We  also  engage  in  co-
publishing titles with international publishers and receive licensing revenue from photocopies, reproductions, translations, and digital 
uses of our content. Wiley also realizes advertising revenue from branded Web sites (e.g., Dummies.com, etc.) and online applications. 

Solutions: 

Our Solutions segment provides online program management services for higher education institutions and learning, development, and 
assessment services for businesses and professionals. Key growth strategies include developing new products and services for existing 
university partners, increasing enrollments for online program management programs, signing new and prestigious university partners, 
and  developing  new  digital  learning  solutions  by  integrating  our  professional  assessment  products  and  services  with  our  Corporate 
Learning content and technology. 

Solutions  revenue  by  product  type  are  Education  Services,  Professional  Assessment,  and  Corporate  Learning.  The  graphs  below 
present Solutions revenue by product type for the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018: 

Education Services 

As student demand for online degree and certificate programs continues to increase, traditional institutions are partnering with online 
program  management  providers  to  develop  and  support  these  programs. Education  Services  include  market  research,  marketing, 
student recruitment, enrollment support, proactive retention support, academic services to design courses, faculty support, and access 
to  the  Engage  Learning  Management  System,  which  facilitates  the  online  education  experience.  Graduate  degree  programs  include 
Business Administration, Finance, Accounting, Healthcare, Engineering, Communications, and others. Revenue is derived from pre-
negotiated contracts with institutions that provide for a share of tuition generated from students who enroll in a program. As of April 
30, 2019, the legacy Education Services business had 39 university partners and 276 degree programs under contract. 

On  November  1,  2018,  Wiley  acquired  The  Learning  House,  Inc.  (“Learning  House”)  headquartered  in  Louisville  (KY).  Learning 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
House provides online program management services including graduate and undergraduate programs; short courses, boot camps, and 
other  skills  training  and  credentialing  for  students  and  professionals;  pathway  services  for  international  students;  professional 
development services for teachers; and learning solutions for corporate clients. 

Corporate Learning 

The  Corporate  Learning  business  offers  online  learning  and  training  solutions  for  global  corporations,  universities,  and  small  and 
medium-sized enterprises, which are sold on a subscription or fee basis. Learning formats and modules on topics such as leadership 
development, value creation, client orientation, change management and corporate strategy are delivered on a cloud-based Learning 
Management System (“LMS”) platform that hosts over 20,000 content assets (videos, digital learning modules, written files, etc.) in 
17 languages. Its Mohive offering also provides a collaborative e-learning publishing and program creation system. Revenue growth is 
derived from legacy markets, such as France, England, and other European markets, and newer markets, such as the U.S. and Brazil. 
In addition, content and LMS offerings are continuously refreshed and expanded to serve a wider variety of customer needs. These 
digital learning solutions are sold directly to corporate customers either direct or through our partners. 

Professional Assessment 

Our professional assessment services include pre-hire screening and post-hire personality assessments, which are delivered to business 
customers  through  online  digital  delivery  platforms,  either  directly  or  through  an  authorized  distributor  network  of  independent 
consultants,  trainers,  and  coaches.  Wiley’s  leadership  assessment  offerings  also  include  Kouzes  and  Posner’s  Leadership  Practices 
Inventory® and The Five Behaviors of a Cohesive TeamTM. 

Our  assessment  tools  enable  employers  to  optimize  candidate  selections  and  develop  the  full  potential  of  their  employees.  These 
solutions include pre-hire assessments, including those designed to measure and match personality, knowledge, skills, managerial fit, 
loyalty, and values, and post-hire assessments, focused on measuring sales and managerial effectiveness, employee performance, and 
career potential.  

Employees 

As of April 30, 2019, we employed approximately 5,700 persons on a full-time equivalent basis worldwide. 

Financial Information About Business Segments 

The  information  set  forth  in  Note  19,  “Segment  Information,”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  Item  7, 
“Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,”  of  this  Form  10-K  are  incorporated 
herein by reference. 

Available Information 

Our  Internet  address  is  www.wiley.com.  We  make  available,  free  of  charge,  on  or  through  our  website,  our  Annual  Reports  on 
Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports that we file or furnish 
pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable 
after we electronically file these materials with, or furnish them to, the SEC. The information contained on, or that may be accessed 
through, our website is not incorporated by reference into, and is not a part of, this Form 10-K. 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this Form 10-K, including the following risk factors, before deciding 
to  invest  in  any  of  our  securities.  The  risks  below  are  the  most  significant  risks  we  face  but  are  not  the  only  risk  factors  we  face. 
Additional risks not currently known to us or that we presently deem insignificant could impact our consolidated financial position 
and  results  of  operations.  Our  business,  consolidated  financial  position,  and  results  of  operations  could  be  materially  adversely 
affected by any of these risks. The trading price of our securities could decline due to any of these risks, and investors in our securities 
may lose all or part of their investment. 

The  trading  price  of  the  shares  of  our  common  stock  may  fluctuate  materially,  and  investors  of  our  common  stock  could  incur 
substantial losses. 

Our  stock  price  may  fluctuate  materially.  The  stock  market  in  general  has  experienced  significant  volatility  that  has  often  been 
unrelated  to  the  operating  performance  of  companies.  As  a  result  of  this  volatility,  investors  may  not  be  able  to  sell  their  common 
stock at or above the price paid for the shares. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including: 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

actual or anticipated changes in our consolidated operating results;  
variances between actual consolidated operating results and the expectations of securities analysts, investors and the financial 
community;  
changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities analysts who might cover our stock;   
conditions or trends in our industry, the stock market or the economy;   
the level of demand for our stock, the stock market price and volume fluctuations of comparable companies; 
announcements by us or our competitors of new product or service offerings, significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships 
or divestitures;   
announcements of investigations or regulatory scrutiny of our operations or lawsuits filed against us;   
capital commitments;   
investors’ general perception of the Company and our business;  
recruitment or departure of key personnel; and 
sales of our common stock, including sales by our directors and officers or specific stockholders.   

If we are unable to introduce new technologies, products, and services, our ability to be profitable may be adversely affected. 

We  must  continue  to  invest  in  technology  and  other  innovations  to  adapt  and  add  value  to  our  products  and  services  to  remain 
competitive. This is particularly true in the current environment, where investment in new technology is ongoing and there are rapid 
changes in the products competitors are offering, the products our customers are seeking, and our sales and distribution channels. In 
some  cases,  investments  will  take  the form  of  internal  development;  in  others,  they  may  take  the  form  of  an  acquisition. There  are 
uncertainties whenever developing or acquiring new products and services, and it is often possible that such new products and services 
may not be launched, or, if launched, may not be profitable or as profitable as existing products and services. 

The demand for digital and lower cost books could impact our sales volumes and pricing in an adverse way.  

A  common  trend  facing  each  of  our  businesses  is  the  digitization  of  content  and  proliferation  of  distribution  channels  through  the 
internet  and  other  electronic  means,  which  are  replacing  traditional  print  formats.  The  trend  to  digital  content  has  also  created 
contraction in the print book retail market which increases the risk of bankruptcy for certain retail customers, potentially leading to the 
disruption  of  short-term  product  supply  to  consumers,  as  well  as  potential  bad  debt  write-offs. New  distribution  channels,  such  as 
digital  formats,  the  internet,  online  retailers,  and  growing  delivery  platforms  (e.g.  tablets  and  e-readers),  combined  with  the 
concentration of retailer power, present both risks and opportunities to our traditional publishing models, potentially impacting both 
sales volumes and pricing. 

As  the  market  has  shifted  to  digital  products,  customer  expectations  for  lower-priced  products  have  increased  due  to  customer 
awareness of reductions in production costs and the availability of free or low-cost digital content and products.  As a result, there has 
been  pressure  to  sell  digital  versions  of  products  at  prices  below  their  print  versions.   Increased  customer  demand  for  lower prices 
could reduce our revenue. 

We publish educational content for undergraduate, graduate, and advanced placement students, lifelong learners, and in Australia, for 
secondary school students. Due to growing student demand for less expensive textbooks, many college bookstores, online retailers and 
other entities offer used or rental textbooks to students at lower prices than new textbooks. The internet has made the used and rental 
textbook markets more efficient and has significantly increased student access to used and rental books.  Further expansion of the used 
and rental book markets could further adversely affect our sales of print textbooks, subsequently affecting our consolidated financial 
position and results of operations. 

A reduction in enrollment at colleges and universities could adversely affect the demand for our higher education products.   

Enrollment in U.S. colleges and universities can be adversely affected by many factors, including changes in government and private 
student loan and grant programs, uncertainty about current and future economic conditions, increases in tuition, general decreases in 
family income and net worth, and a perception of uncertain job prospects for graduates. In addition, enrollment levels at colleges and 
universities outside the United States are influenced by global and local economic factors, local political conditions, and other factors 
that make predicting foreign enrollment levels difficult. Reductions in expected levels of enrollment at colleges and universities both 
within and outside the United States could adversely affect demand for our higher education products, which could adversely impact 
our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The competitive pressures we face in our business, as well as our ability to retain our business relationships with our authors and 
professional societies, could adversely affect our consolidated financial position and results of operations.  

We operate in highly competitive markets. Success and continued growth depend greatly on developing new products and the means 
to deliver them in an environment of rapid technological change. Attracting new authors and professional societies while retaining our 
existing business relationships is critical to our success. If we are unable to retain our existing business relationships with authors and 
professional societies, this could have an adverse impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

Our intellectual property rights may not be protected, which could adversely affect our consolidated financial position and results of 
operations. 

A substantial portion of our publications are protected by copyright, held either in our name, in the name of the author of the work, or 
in the name of a sponsoring professional society. Such copyrights protect our exclusive right to publish the work in many countries 
abroad  for  specified  periods,  in  most  cases,  the  author’s  life  plus  70  years,  but  in  any  event,  a  minimum  of  50  years  for  works 
published  after  1978.  Our  ability  to  continue  to  achieve  our  expected  results  depends,  in  part,  upon  our  ability  to  protect  our 
intellectual property rights. Our consolidated financial position and results of operations may be adversely affected by lack of legal 
and/or technological protections for its intellectual property in some jurisdictions and markets. 

Adverse publicity could negatively impact our reputation, which could adversely affect our consolidated financial position and results 
of operations. 

Our professional customers worldwide rely upon many of our publications to perform their jobs. It is imperative that we consistently 
demonstrate our ability to maintain the integrity of the information included in our publications. Adverse publicity, whether valid or 
not, may reduce demand for our publications and adversely affect our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

In  our  journal  publishing  business  we  have  a  trade  concentration  and  credit  risk  related  to  subscription  agents,  and  in  our  book 
business the industry has a concentration of customers in national, regional, and online bookstore chains. Changes in the financial 
position  and  liquidity  of  our  subscription  agents  and  customers,  could  adversely  impact  our  consolidated  financial  position  and 
results of operations.   

In the journal publishing business, subscriptions are primarily sourced through journal subscription agents who, acting as agents for 
library customers, facilitate ordering by consolidating the subscription orders/billings of each subscriber with various publishers. Cash 
is generally collected in advance from subscribers by the subscription agents and is principally remitted to us between the months of 
December  and  April.  Although  at  fiscal  year-end  we  had  minimal  credit  risk  exposure  to  these  agents,  future  calendar-year 
subscription receipts from these agents are highly dependent on their financial condition and liquidity.  

Subscription  agents  account  for  approximately  20%  of  total  annual  consolidated  revenue  and  one  affiliated  group  of  subscription 
agents accounts for approximately 10% of total annual consolidated revenue. 

Our book business is not dependent upon a single customer; however, the industry is concentrated in national, regional, and online 
bookstore  chains.  Although  no  one  book  customer  accounts  for  more  than  8%  of  total  consolidated  revenue  and  11%  of  accounts 
receivable  at  April  30,  2019,  the  top  10  book  customers  account  for  approximately  13%  of  total  consolidated  revenue  and 
approximately  21%  of  accounts  receivable  at  April  30,  2019.  We  maintain  approximately  $25  million  of  trade  credit  insurance, 
covering balances due from certain named customers, subject to certain limitations and annual renewal. 

Changes  in  laws,  tariffs,  and  regulations,  including  regulations  related  to  open  access,  could  adversely  impact  our  consolidated 
financial position and results of operations. 

We maintain operations in Asia, Australia, Canada, Europe, and the United States. The conduct of our business, including the sourcing 
of  content,  distribution,  sales,  marketing,  and  advertising,  is  subject  to  various  laws  and  regulations  administered  by  governments 
around  the  world.  Changes  in  laws,  regulations,  or  government  policies,  including  tax  regulations  and  accounting  standards,  may 
adversely affect our future consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

The scientific research publishing industry generates much of its revenue from paid customer subscriptions to online and print journal 
content.  There  is  debate  within  government,  academic,  and  library  communities  whether  such  journal  content  should  be  made 
available for free, immediately or following a period of embargo after publication, referred to as “open access,” For instance, certain 
governments  and  privately  held  funding  bodies  have  implemented  mandates  that  require  journal  articles  derived  from  government-
funded  research  to  be  made  available  to  the  public  at  no  cost  after  an  embargo  period.  Open  access  can  be  achieved  in  two  ways: 
Green,  which  enables  authors  to  publish  articles  in  subscription  based  journals  and  self–archive  the  author  accepted  version  of  the 
article for free public use after an embargo period, and Gold, which enables authors to publish their articles in journals that provide 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
immediate free access to the final version of the article on the publisher’s Web site, and elsewhere under permissive licensing terms, 
following  payment  of  an  APC.  These  mandates  have  the  potential  to  put  pressure  on  subscription-based  publications.  If  such 
regulations are widely implemented, our consolidated financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected.  

To  date,  the  majority  of  governments  that  have  taken  a  position  on  open  access  have  favored  the  green  model  and  have  generally 
specified embargo periods of twelve months. The publishing community generally takes the view that this period should be sufficient 
to protect subscription revenues, provided that publishers’ platforms offer sufficient added value to the article. Governments in Europe 
have been more supportive of the gold model, which thus far is generating incremental revenue for publishers with active open access 
programs.  A  number  of  European  administrations  are  showing  interest  in  a  business  model  which  combines  the  purchasing  of 
subscription content with the purchase of open access publishing for authors in their country. This development removes an element of 
risk by fixing revenues from that market, provided that the terms, price, and rate of transition negotiated are acceptable. 

The uncertainty surrounding the implementation and effect of Brexit may cause increased economic volatility, affecting our operations 
and business. 

In June 2016, voters in the U.K. approved an advisory referendum to withdraw from the European Union, commonly referred to as 
"Brexit." On March 29, 2017, the U.K. formally notified the European Council of the U.K.'s intention to withdraw from the European 
Union under Article 50 of the Treaty of Lisbon. The notice began the two-year negotiation period to establish the withdrawal terms. 
The U.K.'s separation was to become effective on March 29, 2019. However, on April 12, 2019, the European Union agreed to an 
extension  to  October  31,  2019.  A  withdrawal  without  a  trade  agreement  in  place  could  significantly  disrupt  the  free  movement  of 
goods, services, and people between the U.K. and the European Union, and result in increased legal and regulatory complexities, as 
well  as  potential  higher  costs  of  conducting  business  in  Europe.  Additional  Brexit-related  impacts  on  our  business  could  include 
potential inventory shortages in the U.K., increased regulatory burdens and costs to comply with U.K.-specific regulations and higher 
transportation  costs  for  our  products  coming  into  and  out  of  the  U.K.  Further,  the  uncertainty  surrounding  the  terms  of  the  U.K.'s 
withdrawal and its consequences could adversely impact consumer and investor confidence and could affect sales or regulation of our 
products. Any of these effects, among others, could materially and adversely affect our business and consolidated financial position 
and results of operations. 

A disruption or loss of data sources could limit our collection and use of certain kinds of information, which could adversely impact 
our communication with our customers.  

A  number  of  our  businesses  rely  extensively  upon  content  and  data  from  external  sources.  Data  is  obtained  from  public  records, 
governmental authorities, customers and other information companies, including competitors. Legal regulations, such as the European 
Union’s  General  Data  Protection  Regulation  (“GDPR”),  relating  to  internet  communications,  privacy  and  data  protection,  e-
commerce, information governance, and use of public records, are becoming more prevalent worldwide. The disruption or loss of data 
sources, either because of changes in the law or because data suppliers decide not to supply them, may impose limits on our collection 
and  use  of  certain  kinds  of  information  about  individuals  and  our  ability  to  communicate  such  information  effectively  with  our 
customers.  In  addition,  GDPR  imposes  a  strict  data  protection  compliance  regime  with  severe  penalties  of  up  to  4%  of  worldwide 
revenue or €20 million, whichever is greater. 

If we are unable to retain key employees and other personnel, our consolidated financial condition or results of operations may be 
adversely affected. 

We have a significant investment in our employees around the world. We offer competitive salaries and benefits in order to attract and 
retain the highly skilled workforce needed to sustain and develop new products and services required for growth. Employment and 
benefit  costs  are  affected  by  competitive  market  conditions  for  qualified  individuals,  and  factors  such  as  healthcare  and  retirement 
benefit costs. 

We are highly dependent on the continued services of key employees who have in-depth market and business knowledge and/or key 
relationships with business partners. The loss of the services of key personnel for any reason and our inability to replace them with 
suitable candidates quickly or at all, as well as any negative market perception resulting from such loss, could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, consolidated financial position, and results of operation. 

We may not realize the anticipated cost savings and benefits from, or our business may be disrupted by, our business transformation 
and restructuring efforts. 

We continue to transform our business from a traditional publishing model to a global provider of content-enabled solutions with a 
focus on digital products and services. The acquisitions of Deltak.edu, LLC (“Deltak”), Inscape Holdings, Inc. (“Inscape”), Profiles 
International (“Profiles”), CrossKnowledge Group Limited (“CrossKnowledge”), and The Learning House, Inc. (“Learning House”), 
comprise our Solutions reporting segment and, along with Atypon in our Research segment, represent examples of strategic initiatives 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
that  were  implemented  as  part  of  our  business  transformation.  We  will  continue  to  explore  opportunities  to  develop  new  business 
models and enhance the efficiency of our organizational structure. The rapid pace and scope of change increases the risk that not all of 
our strategic initiatives will deliver the expected benefits within the anticipated timeframes. In addition, these efforts may somewhat 
disrupt our business activities, which could adversely affect our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

We continue to restructure and realign our cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. Significant risks associated 
with these actions that may impair our ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings or that may disrupt our business include delays in 
the  implementation  of  anticipated  workforce  reductions  in  highly  regulated  locations  outside  of  the  U.S.,  decreases  in  employee 
morale,  the  failure  to  meet  operational  targets  due  to  the  loss  of  key  employees,  and  disruptions  of  third  parties  to  whom  we  have 
outsourced  business  functions.  In  addition,  our  ability  to  achieve  the  anticipated  cost  savings  and  other  benefits  from  these  actions 
within  the  expected  timeframe  is  subject  to  many  estimates  and  assumptions.  These  estimates  and  assumptions  are  subject  to 
significant economic, competitive, and other uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. If these estimates and assumptions 
are incorrect, if we experience delays, or if other unforeseen events occur, our business and consolidated financial position and results 
of operations could be adversely affected. 

We  may  not  realize  the  anticipated  cost  savings  and  processing  efficiencies  associated  with  the  outsourcing  of  certain  business 
processes. 

We have outsourced certain business functions, principally in technology, content management, printing, manufacturing, warehousing, 
fulfillment,  distribution,  returns  processing,  and  certain  other  transactional  processing  functions,  to  third-party  service  providers  to 
achieve cost savings, and efficiencies. If these third-party service providers do not perform effectively, we may not be able to achieve 
the  anticipated  cost  savings,  and  depending  on  the  function  involved,  we  may  experience  business  disruption  or  processing 
inefficiencies, all with potential adverse effects on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

We may be susceptible to information technology risks that may adversely impact our business, consolidated financial position and 
results of operations. 

Information technology is a key part of our business strategy and operations. As a business strategy, Wiley’s technology enables us to 
provide  customers  with  new  and  enhanced  products  and  services  and  is  critical  to  our  success  in  migrating  from  print  to  digital 
business models. Information technology is also a fundamental component of all of our business processes, collecting and reporting 
business data, and communicating internally and externally with customers, suppliers, employees, and others. 

Our  business  is  dependent  on  information  technology  systems  to  support  our  businesses.  We  provide  internet-based  products  and 
services  to  our  customers.  We  also  use  complex  information  technology  systems  and  products  to  support  our  business  activities, 
particularly in infrastructure, and as we move our products and services to an increasingly digital delivery platform. 

We face technological risks associated with internet-based product and service delivery in our businesses, including with respect to 
information  technology  capability,  reliability  and  security,  enterprise  resource  planning,  system  implementations  and  upgrades. 
Failures  of  our  information  technology  systems  and  products  (including  because  of  operational  failure,  natural  disaster,  computer 
virus, or hacker attacks) could interrupt the availability of our internet-based products and services, result in corruption or loss of data 
or breach in security, and result in liability or reputational damage to our brands and/or adversely impact our consolidated financial 
position and results of operations. 

Management has designed and implemented policies, processes and controls to mitigate risks of information technology failure and to 
provide security from unauthorized access to our systems. In addition, we have disaster recovery plans in place to maintain business 
continuity.   The  size  and  complexity  of  our  information  technology  and  information  security  systems,  and  those  of  our  third-party 
vendors  with  whom  we  contract,  make  such  systems  potentially  vulnerable  to  cyber-attacks  common  to  most  industries  from 
inadvertent  or  intentional  actions  by  employees,  vendors,  or  malicious  third  parties.  Such  attacks  are  of  ever-increasing  levels  of 
sophistication and are made by groups and individuals with a wide range of motives. While we have taken steps to address these risks, 
there can be no assurance that a system failure, disruption, or data security breach would not adversely affect our business and could 
have an adverse impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

We are continually improving and upgrading our computer systems and software. We are in the process of implementing a new global 
Enterprise  Resource  Planning  (“ERP”)  system  as  part  of  a  multi-year  plan  to  integrate  and  upgrade  our  operational  and  financial 
systems and processes. As of April 30, 2019, we have completed the implementation of record-to-report, purchase-to-pay, and several 
other business processes within all locations through fiscal year 2017. We completed the implementation of order-to-cash for certain 
businesses  in  May  2018  and  may  continue  to  roll  out  additional  processes  and  functionality  of  the  ERP  system  in  phases  in  the 
foreseeable future. Implementation of a new ERP system involves risks and uncertainties. Any disruptions, delays, or deficiencies in 
the design or implementation of a new system could result in increased costs, disruptions in operations, or delays in the collection of 
cash from our customers, as well as having an adverse effect on our ability to timely report our financial results, all of which could 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
materially adversely affect our business, consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

Cyber risk and the failure to maintain the integrity of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties 
with  which  we  do  business,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  consolidated  financial  condition,  and  results  of 
operations. 

Cyber-attacks  and  hackers  are  becoming  more  sophisticated  and  pervasive.  Our  business  is  dependent  on  information  technology 
systems  to  support  our  businesses.  We  provide  internet-based  products  and  services  to  our  customers.  We  also  use  complex 
information  technology  systems  and  products  to  support  our  business  activities,  particularly  in  infrastructure  and  as  we  move  our 
products  and  services  to  an  increasingly  digital  delivery  platform.  Across  our  businesses,  we  hold  personal  data,  including  that  of 
employees and customers. 

Efforts to prevent cyber-attacks and hackers from entering our systems are expensive to implement and may limit the functionality of 
our  systems.  Individuals  may  try  to  gain  unauthorized  access  to  our  systems  and  data  for  malicious  purposes,  and  our  security 
measures may fail to prevent such unauthorized access. Cyber-attacks and/or intentional hacking of our systems could adversely affect 
the  performance  or  availability  of  our  products,  result  in  loss  of  customer  data,  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  conduct  business,  or 
result  in  theft  of  our  funds  or  proprietary  information,  the  occurrence  of  which  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  consolidated 
financial position and results of operations. 

Fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates could materially impact our consolidated financial condition and 
results of operations. 

Non-U.S. revenues, as well as our substantial non-U.S. net assets, expose our consolidated results to volatility from changes in foreign 
currency exchange rates. Non-U.S. dollar revenues accounted for 46% of our total consolidated revenues for fiscal year 2019, which 
primarily includes revenues in British pound sterling of 26% and euro of 12%. In addition, our interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
are subject to risk from changes in interest rates. These risks and the measures we have taken to help mitigate them are discussed in 
Part II, Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We may, from 
time-to-time, use derivative instruments to hedge such risks. Notwithstanding our efforts to foresee and mitigate the effects of changes 
in external market or fiscal circumstances, we cannot predict with certainty changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest 
rates, inflation, or other related factors affecting our business, consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

We may not be able to mitigate the impact of inflation and cost increases, which could have an adverse impact on our consolidated 
financial position and results of operations. 

From  time  to  time,  we  experience  cost  increases  reflecting,  in  part,  general  inflationary  factors.  There  is  no  guarantee  that  we  can 
increase  selling  prices  or  reduce  costs  to  fully  mitigate  the  effect  of  inflation  on  our  costs,  which  may  adversely  impact  our 
consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

Changes in tax laws, including regulations and other guidance in connection with the U.S. Federal tax legislation originally known as 
the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”), could have a material impact on our consolidated financial position and results of 
operations. 

We are subject to tax laws within the jurisdictions in which we conduct business, including the U.S. and many foreign jurisdictions. In 
addition to the Tax Act in the U.S., changes in tax laws and interpretations in other jurisdictions where we do business, such as the 
U.K.  and  Germany,  could  significantly  impact  the  taxation  of  our  non-U.S.  earnings. This  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our 
consolidated financial position and results of operations as most of our income is earned outside the U.S. In addition, we are subject to 
audit by tax authorities and are regularly audited by various tax authorities. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the 
final determination of tax audits could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals and could have a 
material impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

Challenges and uncertainties associated with operating in developing markets has a higher risk due to political instability, economic 
volatility,  crime,  terrorism,  corruption,  social  and  ethnic  unrest,  and  other  factors,  which  may  adversely  impact  our  consolidated 
financial position and results of operations. 

We  sell  our  products  to  customers  in  certain  sanctioned  and  previously  sanctioned  developing  markets  where  we  do  not  have 
operating subsidiaries. We do not own any assets or liabilities in these markets except for trade receivables. In the year ended April 
30, 2019, we recorded an immaterial amount of revenue and net earnings related to sales to Cuba, Sudan, Syria and Iran. While sales 
in these markets are not material to our consolidated financial position and results of operations, adverse developments related to the 
risks  associated  with  these  markets  may  cause  actual  results  to  differ  from  historical  and  forecasted  future  consolidated  operating 
results. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have certain technology development operations in Russia and Sri Lanka related to software development and architecture, digital 
content production, and system testing services. Due to the political instability within these regions, there is the potential for future 
government embargos and sanctions, which could disrupt our operations in this area. While we have developed business continuity 
plans to address these issues, further adverse developments in the region could have a material impact on our consolidated financial 
position and results of operations. 

Approximately 19% of Research journal articles are sourced from authors in China. Any restrictions on exporting intellectual property 
could adversely affect our business and consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

Changes in global economic conditions could impact our ability to borrow funds and meet our future financing needs. 

Changes in global financial markets have not had, nor do we anticipate they will have, a significant impact on our liquidity. Due to our 
significant  operating  cash  flow,  financial  assets,  access  to  capital  markets,  and  available  lines  of  credit  and  revolving  credit 
agreements,  we  continue  to  believe  that  we  have  the  ability  to  meet  our  financing  needs  for  the  foreseeable  future.  As  market 
conditions change, we will continue to monitor our liquidity position. However, there can be no assurance that our liquidity or our 
consolidated financial position and results of operations will not be adversely affected by possible future changes in global financial 
markets and global economic conditions. Unprecedented market conditions including illiquid credit markets, volatile equity markets, 
dramatic fluctuations in foreign currency rates, and economic recession could affect future results. 

Changes in pension costs and related funding requirements may impact our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

We provide defined benefit pension plans for certain employees worldwide. Our Board of Directors approved amendments to the U.S., 
Canada and U.K. defined benefit plans that froze the future accumulation of benefits effective June 30, 2013, December 31, 2015, and 
April  30,  2015,  respectively.  The  funding  requirements  and  costs  of  these  plans  are  dependent  upon  various  factors,  including  the 
actual return on plan assets, discount rates, plan participant population demographics, and changes in pension regulations. Changes in 
these factors affect our plan funding, consolidated financial position, and results of operations. 

We may not be able to realize the expected benefits of our growth strategies, including successfully integrating acquisitions, which 
could adversely impact our consolidated financial position and results of operations.  

Our growth strategy includes title, imprint, and other business acquisitions, including knowledge-enabled services, which complement 
our existing businesses. Acquisitions may have a substantial impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 
Acquisitions  involve  risks  and  uncertainties,  including  difficulties  in  integrating  acquired  operations  and  in  realizing  expected 
opportunities, cost synergies, diversions of management resources, and loss of key employees, challenges with respect to operating 
new businesses, and other uncertainties. 

As a result of acquisitions, we may record a significant amount of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets and we may never 
realize the full carrying value of these assets. 

As  a  result  of  acquisitions,  we  record  a  significant  amount  of  goodwill  and  other  identifiable  intangible  assets,  including  customer 
relationships, trademarks and developed technologies. At April 30, 2019, we had $1,095.7 million of goodwill and $865.6 million of 
intangible assets, of which $217.1 million are indefinite-lived intangible assets, on our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. 
The intangible assets are principally composed of content and publishing rights, customer relationships, and brands and trademarks. 
Failure to achieve business objectives and financial projections could result in an asset impairment charge, which would result in a 
non-cash  charge  to  our  consolidated  results  of  operations.  Goodwill  and  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives  are  tested  for 
impairment  on  an  annual  basis  and  also  when  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  impairment  may  have  occurred. 
Intangible assets with determinable lives, which were $648.5 million at April 30, 2019, are tested for impairment only when events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may have occurred. Determining whether an impairment exists can be difficult 
as  a  result  of  increased  uncertainty  and  current  market  dynamics  and  requires  management  to  make  significant  estimates  and 
judgments. A non-cash intangible asset impairment charge could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position 
and results of operations. 

If  we  fail  to  maintain  proper  and  effective  internal  controls,  our  ability  to  produce accurate  financial  statements on a  timely  basis 
could be impaired. 

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) 
and  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange.  The  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  requires,  among  other  things,  that  we 
maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are required to perform system 
and process evaluations and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of our internal control over financial reporting in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act.  This  may  require  us  to  incur  substantial  additional  professional  fees  and  internal  costs  to  further  expand  our  accounting  and 
finance functions and expend significant management efforts. 

We may in the future discover material weaknesses in our system of internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that 
could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements. In addition, our internal control over financial reporting will not 
prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, 
not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no 
evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to errors or fraud will not occur or that all control issues 
and instances of fraud will be detected. 

If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable 
to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were 
to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the New York Stock 
Exchange, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities. 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

None 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 2. 

Properties 

We occupy office, warehouse, and distribution facilities in various parts of the world, as listed below (excluding those locations with 
less  than  10,000  square  feet  of  floor  area,  none  of  which  is  considered  material  property). All  of  the  buildings  and  the  equipment 
owned or leased are believed to be in good operating condition and are suitable for the conduct of our business. 

Location 

United States: 
New Jersey 

Indiana 
California 
Massachusetts 
Illinois 
Florida 
Minnesota 
Texas 
Colorado 
Kentucky 

International: 
Australia 
Canada 
England 

France 
Germany 

Jordan 
Singapore 
Russia 
China 
India 

Greece 

Purpose 

Owned or Leased 

Approx. Sq. Ft. 

Corporate Headquarters 
Office 
Offices 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Office 

Offices 
Office 
Distribution Centers 
Offices 
Offices 
Offices 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Offices 
Distribution Centers 
Office 
Office 

Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 

Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Owned 
Leased 
Owned 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 

294,000
185,000
166,000
11,000
26,000
52,000
58,000
22,000
11,000
15,000
47,000

34,000
12,000
298,000
80,000
70,000
36,000
104,000
18,000
24,000
35,000
27,000
18,000
12,000
25,000
16,000

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings 

The  information  set  forth  in  Note  15,  “Commitment  and  Contingencies,”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

We are involved in routine litigation in the ordinary course of our business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of 
all pending litigation will not have a material effect upon our consolidated financial position or results of operations. 

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

18 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Information About Our Executive Officers 

Set forth below are the current executive officers of the Company. Each of the officers listed will serve until the next organizational 
meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company and until each of the respective successors are duly elected and qualified.  

Name, Current and Former Positions 

BRIAN A. NAPACK 
President and Chief Executive Officer and Director  
March 2012 – Senior Advisor, Providence Equity Partners LLC 

  Age 

First Elected to 
Current Position 

57 

December 2017 

JOHN A. KRITZMACHER 
Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, Operations 
October 2012 – Senior Vice President of Business Operations, Organizational Planning & Structure at 

58 

July 2013 

WebMD Health Corp  

MATTHEW S. KISSNER 
Executive Vice President, Group Executive 
December 2017 – Chairman of Company's Board of Directors 
May 2017 – Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company 
October 2015 – Chairman of Company's Board of Directors 

GARY M. RINCK  
Executive Vice President, General Counsel  
2004 – Senior Vice President, General Counsel  

JUDY VERSES 
Executive Vice President, Research  
October 2011 – President – Global Enterprise and Education, Rosetta Stone Inc. 

CHRISTOPHER F. CARIDI 
Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer  
March 2014 – Vice President Finance, Thomson Reuters  
September  2009  –  Vice  President,  Controller/Global  Head  of  Accounting  Operations,  Thomson 

Reuters 

KEVIN MONACO 
Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Tax 
October 2009 – SVP, Finance, Treasurer and Investor Relations, Coty Inc.  

AREF MATIN 
Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer 
February 2015 – Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer, Ascend Learning 
July 2012 – Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer, Pearson Learning Technologies & 

Pearson Higher Education 

TANELI D. RUDA 
Executive Vice President, Chief Strategy Officer 
March 2018 – Head of Corporate Strategy, Thomson Reuters 
March 2014 – SVP and Managing Director, Global Trade Management, Thomson Reuters 
January 2010 – SVP, Strategy, Thomson Reuters 

65 

February 2019 

67 

September 2014 

62 

October 2016 

53 

March 2017 

55 

October 2018 

60 

May 2018 

45 

July 2018 

19 

 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Our Class A and Class B shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbols JW.A and JW.B, respectively.  

On a quarterly basis, the Board of Directors considers the payment of cash dividends based upon its review of earnings, our financial 
position, and other relevant factors. As of May 31, 2019, the approximate number of holders of our Class A and Class B Common 
Stock were 758 and 57, respectively, based on the holders of record. 

During the year ended April 30, 2017, our Board of Directors approved an additional share repurchase program of four million shares 
of  Class  A  or  B  Common  Stock.  During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2019,  we  made  the  following  purchases  of  Class  A  Common  Stock 
under this publicly announced stock repurchase program. 

Total Number 
of Shares Purchased   

Average Price 
Paid Per Share   

Total Number 
of Shares Purchased 
as Part of a Publicly 
Announced Program    

Maximum Number 
of Shares that 
May be Purchased 
Under the Program 

February 2019 
March 2019 
April 2019 
Total 

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

Dollars (in millions, except per share data)  
Revenue, net 
Operating Income (c) 
Net Income (a) 
Working Capital (d) 
Contract Liability (Deferred Revenue) in Working 

Capital (d)  
Total Assets  
Long-Term Debt  
Shareholders' Equity  
Per Share Data  
Earnings Per Share  

Basic 
Diluted  

Cash Dividends  

Class A Common  
Class B Common  

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

—   $  
557,665     
—     
557,665   $ 

—      
44.83      
—      
44.83      

—     
557,665     
—     
557,665     

2,446,640
1,888,975
1,888,975
1,888,975

2015 

1,822.4
237.7
176.9
(62.8)

(372.1)
3,004.2
650.1
1,055.0

2019 

1,800.1  $ 
224.0    
168.3    
(379.8)    

(507.4)    
2,937.0    
478.8    
1,181.3    

For the Years Ended April 30, (a)(b) 
2017 
2016 
2018 
1,718.5   $ 
211.5  
113.6  
(428.1)  

1,796.1   $ 
231.5  
192.2  
(394.3)  

1,727.0   $ 
188.1     
145.8     
(111.1)     

(486.4)  
2,839.5  
360.0  
1,190.6  

(436.2)  
2,606.2  
365.0  
1,003.1  

(426.5)     
2,921.1     
605.0     
1,037.1     

2.94  $ 
2.91  $ 

1.32  $ 
1.32  $ 

3.37   $ 
3.32   $ 

1.28   $ 
1.28   $ 

1.98   $ 
1.95   $ 

1.24   $ 
1.24   $ 

2.51   $ 
2.48   $ 

1.20   $ 
1.20   $ 

3.01
2.97

1.16
1.16

(a)  See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” for a discussion of the 
factors that contributed to our consolidated operating results  for the three years ended April 30, 2019. Certain tax benefits and 
charges included in the years ended April 30, 2019 – 2015 include: 
  The  year  ended  April  30,  2019  includes  a  favorable  benefit  of  $2.9  million,  or  $0.05  per  share  in  connection  with  the 
reduction in our deferred tax liabilities as a result of a lower U.S. state tax rate resulting from more favorable apportionment 
factors in 2019. Refer to Note 12, “Income Taxes,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.  
  The  year  ended  April  30,  2018  includes  a  favorable  impact  of  $25.1  million  ($0.43  per  share)  from  the  U.S.  government 
enacted comprehensive Federal tax legislation originally known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”). Refer 
to Note 12, “Income Taxes,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information. 

  The year ended April 30, 2017 includes the effect of the German Tax litigation of $49.1 million ($0.85 per share). 
  The years ended April 30, 2017 and 2016 include tax benefits of $2.6 million ($0.04 per share) and $5.9 million ($0.10 per 
share),  respectively,  principally  associated  with  a  reduction  in  our  deferred  tax  liabilities  from  consecutive  tax  legislation 
enacted in the United Kingdom that reduced the U.K. corporate income tax rates. 

  The year ended April 30, 2015 includes a non-recurring tax benefit of $3.1 million ($0.05 per share) related to tax deductions 

claimed on the write-up of certain foreign tax assets to fair market value. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
     
  
    
  
  
  
  
     
  
    
  
  
  
  
     
 
(b)   On  May  1,  2018,  we  adopted  the  U.S.  accounting  standard  regarding  revenue  recognition  ("Topic  606,"  or  "ASC  606").  The 
adoption of Topic 606 did not have a material impact to our consolidated results of operations. Refer to Note 2, " Summary of 
Significant  Accounting  Policies,  Recently  Issued,  and  Recently  Adopted  Accounting  Standards,"  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated 
Financial Statements for more information. 

(c)   Due  to  the  retrospective  adoption  of  Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  2017-07,  “Compensation—Retirement  Benefits 
(Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost,”, total net 
benefits  (costs)  of  $8.1  million  and  $(5.3)  million  related  to  the  non-service  components  of  defined  benefit  and  other  post-
employment benefit plans were reclassified from Operating and Administrative Expenses to Interest and Other Income (Expense) 
for  the  years  ended  April 30,  2018  and 2017,  respectively.  Total net benefits  related  to  the non-service  components of defined 
benefit and other post-employment benefit plans were $8.8 million for the year ended April 30, 2019. Refer to Note 2, "Summary 
of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards," in the Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements for more information. 

(d)   The primary driver of the negative working capital is unearned contract liabilities (deferred revenue) related to subscriptions for 
which cash has been collected in advance. Cash received in advance for subscriptions is used by us for a number of purposes, 
including  acquisitions,  debt  repayments,  funding  operations,  dividend  payments,  and  purchasing  treasury  shares.  The  contract 
liabilities  (deferred  revenue)  will  be  recognized  as  income  when  the  products  are  shipped  or  made  available  online  to  the 
customers over the term of the subscription period. 

21 

 
 
 
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The information in our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) should 
be read together with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes set forth in Part II, Item 8, as well as the discussion 
included  above,  “Cautionary  Notice  Regarding  Forward-Looking  Statements  “Safe  Harbor”  Statement  under  the  Private  Securities 
Litigation  Reform  Act  of 1995”  and  “Non-GAAP  Financial  Measures,” along  with Part  I,  Item  1A,  “Risk  Factors,”  of  this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K.  All amounts and percentages are approximate due to rounding and all dollars are in thousands, except per share 
amounts or where otherwise noted. When we cross-reference to a “Note,” we are referring to our “Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements,” unless the context indicates otherwise. 

Recent Events 

  On July 1, 2019, we completed the acquisition of Zyante Inc. ("Zyante"), a leading provider of computer science and STEM 
education courseware. Under the terms of the agreement, Zyante shareholders received $56 million in cash. Zyante will be 
included in our Education Publishing segment. 

  On June 28, 2019, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.34 per share, or approximately $19.2 million, 
on our Class A and Class B Common Stock.  The dividend is payable on July 24, 2019 to shareholders of record on July 10, 
2019. 

  On May 31, 2019, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of Knewton, Inc. (“Knewton”), included in our Publishing 
segment. Knewton is a provider of affordable courseware and adaptive learning technology for an undisclosed amount. 
  On May 30, 2019, we amended and restated our existing credit agreement with a (i) five-year revolving credit facility in an 

aggregate principal amount up to $1.25 billion, and (ii) a five-year term loan A facility consisting of $250 million. 

Fourth Quarter Highlights 

 

Increase in GAAP Results: Revenue of $491.2 million, an increase of 3%, Operating Income of $80.0 million, an increase of 
10% and Diluted EPS of $1.10, an increase of 19%; 

  Non-GAAP Adjusted Results on a constant currency basis: Adjusted Revenue increase of 7%, Adjusted Operating Income 

increase of 14%, and Adjusted EPS increase of 19%; 

  Non-GAAP  Adjusted  Results  on  a  constant  currency  basis  and  excluding  the  impact  from  Learning  House  acquisition: 

Adjusted Revenue increase of 3%, Adjusted Operating Income increase of 17%, and Adjusted EPS increase of 26%. 

Results of Operations 

FISCAL YEAR 2019 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 2018 SUMMARY RESULTS 

Revenue: 

Revenue  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2019  was  flat  at  $1,800  million,  as  compared  with  prior  year.  On  a  constant  currency  basis, 
revenue increased 2% as compared with prior year. This increase was primarily due to the following: 

 

 

 

the  incremental  impact  of  the  acquisition  of  Learning  House  on  November  1,  2018,  which  contributed  $31.5  million  of 
revenue, 
increased  revenue  in  our  Research  segment  primarily  driven  by  Open  Access;  and  to  a  lesser  extent,  Licensing,  Reprints, 
Backfiles, and Other offerings; and,  
increased revenue in all of our Solutions segment businesses, excluding the impact of Learning House. 

These increases were offset by declines in Publishing print product sales. 

Refer to Note 4, “Acquisition,” for more information related to the acquisition of Learning House. 

See the “Segment Operating Results” below for additional details on each segment’s revenue and contribution to profit performance. 

Cost of Sales: 

Cost of sales for the year ended April 30, 2019 increased $23.7 million, or 4%, as compared with prior year.  On a constant currency 
basis, cost of sales increased 6%. This increase was primarily due to the following factors: 

 
 

the incremental impact of Learning House, primarily due to marketing and employment related costs, 
an increase in legacy Education Services business marketing costs of $8.1 million primarily due to increased investments to 
support revenue growth;  

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

higher royalty costs of $6.6 million; and, to a lesser extent, 
higher employment costs of $3.4 million. 

These increases were offset by lower inventory costs of $5.8 million primarily due to lower Publishing print sales. 

In connection with the acquisition of Learning House, we changed our accounting policy for certain advertising and marketing costs 
incurred by our Education Services business to fulfill performance obligations from contracts with educational institutions. Under the 
new  accounting  policy,  these  costs  are  included  in  Cost  of  Sales  whereas  they  were  previously  included  in  Operating  and 
Administrative Expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Including these expenses in Cost of Sales will better align these 
costs with the related revenue and conform with the presentation of such costs for Learning House. This change in accounting policy 
was  applied  retrospectively.  The  amount  reclassified  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2018  was  $45.8  million.  Refer  to  “Change  in 
Accounting  Policy”  in  Note  2,  “Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  Recently  Issued,  and  Recently  Adopted  Accounting 
Standards,”  for  more  information  on  the  accounting  policy  change  and  Note  4,  “Acquisition,”  for  more  information  related  to  the 
acquisition of Learning House. 

Gross Profit Margin: 

Gross  profit  margin  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2019  was  69.2%  compared  with  70.4%  in  the  prior  year.  On  a  constant  currency 
basis, the gross profit margin would have been 69.3%. 

Operating and Administrative Expenses: 

Operating and administrative expenses for the year ended April 30, 2019 increased $6.8 million, or 1%, as compared with prior year 
and  2%  on  a  constant  currency  basis.  The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  higher  costs  related  to  increased  resources  in  editorial 
resources  to  increase  article  output,  as  well  as  higher  marketing,  advertising  and  sales  costs  and  the  incremental  impact  of  the 
acquisition of Learning House. These factors were partially offset by lower technology costs and the impairment charge in the prior 
year related to one of our Publishing brands of $3.6 million. 

Restructuring and Related Charges: 

In the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018, we recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $3.1 million and $28.6 million, respectively, 
related to the Restructuring and Reinvestment Program.  

These charges are reflected in Restructuring and Related Charges on the Consolidated Statements of Income and summarized in the 
following table: 

Charges by Segment: 

Research  
Publishing  
Solutions  
Corporate Expenses 

Total Restructuring and Related Charges 

Charges (Credits) by Activity:  

Severance  
Consulting and Contract Termination Costs 
Other activities  

Total Restructuring and Related Charges 

2019 

2018 

Total Charges 
Incurred to Date 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,131   $ 
650  
878  
459  
3,118   $ 

5,257   $ 
6,443     
3,695     
13,171     
28,566   $ 

1,456   $ 
526  
1,136  
3,118   $ 

27,213   $ 
1,815     
(462)     
28,566   $ 

26,544
39,581
7,125
96,378
169,628

116,259
21,155
32,214
169,628

The charges above are net of changes in estimates for previously accrued restructuring charges. Other Activities for the year ended 
April 30, 2019 reflect lease impairment related costs. The credits in Other Activities for the year ended April 30, 2018 mainly reflect 
changes in estimates for previously accrued restructuring charges related to facility lease reserves. 

We currently do not anticipate any further material charges related to the Restructuring and Reinvestment Program. 

Amortization of Intangibles: 

Amortization of intangibles was $54.7 million for the year ended April 30, 2019, an increase of $6.4 million as compared with prior 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
        
  
  
  
  
  
        
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
year. On a constant currency basis, amortization of intangibles increased 14%. The increase in amortization was primarily due to the 
acquisition  of  intangibles  as  part  of  the  acquisition  of  Learning  House  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  in  the  Research  segment  due  to  the 
timing of the acquisitions of publishing rights in the second half of 2018. 

Operating Income: 

Operating income was $224.0 million for the year ended April 30, 2019, a decrease of $7.5 million, or 3%, as compared with prior 
year. On a constant currency basis, excluding the impact from Learning House, which reported an operating loss of $8.0 million, and 
restructuring  charges  and  the  brand  impairment  charge  in  the  prior  year,  operating  income  decreased  6%,  due  to  higher  expenses, 
partially offset by higher revenue. 

Interest Expense: 

Interest expense for the year ended April 30, 2019 increased $2.8 million to $16.1 million on a reported basis. This increase was due 
to a higher average debt balances outstanding, which included borrowings for the funding of the acquisition of Learning House, and a 
higher weighted average effective borrowing rate. 

Foreign Exchange Transaction (Losses) Gains: 

Foreign exchange transaction losses were $6.0 million for the year ended April 30, 2019 and were primarily due to the net impact of 
the  change  in average  foreign exchange rates  as  compared  to  the U.S. dollar on our  intercompany  accounts  receivable  and payable 
balances. For the year ended April 30, 2018, foreign exchange transaction losses were $12.8 million which were primarily due to the 
impact  of  changes  in  average  foreign  exchange  rates  as  compared  to  the  U.S.  dollar  on  our  intercompany  and  third-party  accounts 
receivable and payable balances. 

Provision for Income Taxes: 

The following table summarizes the effective tax rate for the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018:  

Effective tax rate as reported  
State tax adjustment in 2019 
Deferred Tax from the Tax Act Rate Change 
Effective tax rate excluding the deferred tax from the Tax Act and state tax adjustment  

2019 

2018 

21.0%     
1.3%     

(0.1)%
22.2%     

10.2%
—
11.7%
21.9%

The  effective  tax  rate  for  the  year  ended  April 30, 2019 was  greater  than  the  rate  for  the  year  ended April  30, 2018 due  to  the net 
deferred tax benefit from the Tax Act in the year ended April 30, 2018 compared to the relatively small net deferred benefit in the year 
ended April 30, 2019 from state tax apportionment changes.  

The effective tax rate was equal to the U.S. statutory rate for the year ended April 30, 2019 as the increase from higher taxes on non-
U.S. income and various other items was offset by a state tax benefit from more favorable apportionment factors which reduced our 
deferred tax liabilities, net of federal benefit. 

The Tax Act 

The information set forth in Note 12, "Income Taxes” under the caption "The Tax Act," is incorporated herein by reference and further 
describes the impact of the Tax Act. 

Diluted Earnings Per Share (“EPS”): 

EPS for the year ended April 30, 2019 was $2.91 per share compared with $3.32 per share in the prior year. Excluding the impact of 
the items included in the table below, Adjusted EPS for the year ended April 30, 2019 decreased 14% to $2.96 per share compared 
with $3.43 per share in the prior year.  

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Below is a reconciliation of our GAAP EPS to Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS: 

GAAP EPS 
Adjustments: 
Restructuring and related charges 
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany transactions 
Impact of Tax Cuts and Job Act 
Impact of reduction in certain U.S. state tax rates in 2019 
Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS 

2019 

2018 
2.91  $  3.32

0.04  
0.06  
— 
(0.05)  

0.39
   0.15
  (0.43)
   —
2.96   $  3.43

$ 

$ 

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EPS decreased 8% due to lower Adjusted Operating Income. Adjusted EPS for the year ended 
April  30,  2019  was  also  lower  as  compared  with  prior  year  due  to  an  $0.15  per  share  dilutive  impact  of  the  Learning  House 
acquisition. 

Publishing Technology Services (Atypon)  

35,968      

32,907     

9%     

Total Research Revenue  

$ 

937,313    $ 

934,395     

—     

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS:  

RESEARCH: 
Revenue:  
Journal Subscriptions  
Open Access  
Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other  

Total Journal Revenue  

Cost of Sales  

Gross Profit  

Gross Profit Margin  

Operating Expenses (a) 
Amortization of Intangibles  
Restructuring Charges (See Note 7)  

Contribution to Profit  
Contribution Margin  

2019 

2018 

   % Change   

% Change 
w/o FX (b) 

$ 

$ 

661,055    $ 
54,671      
185,619      
901,345    $ 

677,685     
41,997     
181,806     
901,488     

(2)%     
30%     
2%     
—     

254,338      

247,654     

3%     

$ 

682,975    $ 
72.9%      

686,741     
73.5%     

(1)%     

394,870      
28,099      
1,131      

383,329     
26,829     
5,257     

3%     
5%     
(78)%     

4%
6%
(78)%

$ 

258,875    $ 
27.6%      

271,326     
29.0%     

(5)%     

(1)%

—
33%
4%
3%

9%

3%

5%

2%

(a)  Due to the retrospective adoption of ASU 2017-07, total net benefits related to defined benefit and other post-employment benefit 
plans were reclassified from Operating and Administrative Expenses to Interest and Other Income (Expense). The amount for the 
year  ended  April  30,  2018  for  the  Research  segment  was  $4.2  million.  Refer  to  Note  2,  "Summary  of  Significant  Accounting 
Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards," for more information. 

(b)  Adjusted to exclude FX impact and Restructuring Charges. 

Revenue: 

Research revenue for the year ended April 30, 2019 increased $2.9 million, or flat as compared with prior year. On a constant currency 
basis,  revenue increased  3%, compared with  prior  year,  primarily  due  to continued  strong growth  in publication volumes  for  Open 
Access, particularly hybrid journals.  

Gross Profit: 

Gross profit for the year ended April 30, 2019 decreased 1% compared with prior year and, on a constant currency basis, increased 
2%. This was due to higher revenues, partially offset by higher costs of sales, primarily due to increased royalty costs. 

25 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
      
     
     
  
  
  
      
     
     
  
  
      
     
     
  
  
  
      
     
     
  
     
  
  
      
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
      
     
     
  
     
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Gross  profit  margin  was  72.9%  compared  with  prior  year  of  73.5%.  On  a  constant  currency  basis,  gross  profit  margin  would  have 
been 73%. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution  to  profit  decreased  5%  to  $258.9  million  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2019  as  compared  with  the  prior  year.  On  a 
constant  currency basis  and excluding restructuring  charges,  contribution  to profit decreased 1%  as compared  with  prior  year. This 
decrease  was  due  to  higher  operating  costs  partially  offset  by  higher  gross  profit.    The  higher  operating  costs  include  additional 
resources in editorial to support increased journal publishing of $11.2 million, increased costs related to advertising and marketing of 
$3.0 million, and sales resources of $2.5 million, which were partially offset by lower administrative costs.   

Society Partnerships 

For calendar year 2019, 17 new society contracts were signed, with combined annual revenue of approximately $5.4 million, and 4 
society contracts were not renewed with combined annual revenue of approximately $1.8 million. 

Projekt DEAL 

In  the  third  quarter  of  2019,  we  completed  a  new  agreement  with  a  national  consortium  representing  all  700  German  academic 
institutions. This new three-year agreement provides those German libraries and their researchers with both subscriptions access and 
open  access  publishing.  We  expect  to  generate  modestly  more  revenue  from  this  new  arrangement  and  the  opportunity  to  grow 
revenue through higher publishing volumes. 

2019 

2018 

   % Change   

% Change 
w/o FX (b) 

PUBLISHING:  
Revenue:  
STM and Professional Publishing  
Education Publishing  
Courseware (WileyPLUS)  
Test Preparation and Certification  
Licensing, Distribution, Advertising and Other  

$ 

265,719   $ 
157,579     
63,485     
40,606     
46,803     

287,315     
187,178     
59,475     
35,534     
48,146     

(8)%  
(16)%  
7%  
14%  
(3)%  

Total Publishing Revenue  

$ 

574,192   $ 

617,648     

(7)%  

(6)%
(14)%
7%
15%
(1)%

(6)%

(7)%

(5)%

(4)%
1%
(90)%
(100)%

178,050     

194,900     

(9)%  

$ 

396,142   $ 
69.0%     

422,748     
68.4%     

(6)%  

268,425     
8,166     
650     
— 

282,958     
8,108     
6,443     
3,600 

(5)%  
1%  
(90)%  
(100)% 

$ 

118,901   $ 
20.7%     

121,639     
19.7%     

(2)%  

(8)%

Cost of Sales  

Gross Profit  

Gross Profit Margin  

Operating Expenses (a) 
Amortization of Intangibles  
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7)  
Publishing brand impairment charge 

Contribution to Profit  
Contribution Margin  

(a)  Due to the retrospective adoption of ASU 2017-07, total net benefits related to defined benefit and other post-employment benefit 
plans were reclassified from Operating and Administrative Expenses to Interest and Other Income (Expense). The amount for the 
year ended April 30, 2018 for the Publishing segment was $2.3 million. Refer to Note 2, "Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards," for more information. 

(b)  Adjusted to exclude FX impact and Restructuring Charges, and in the year ended April 30, 2018, a Publishing brand impairment 

charge was also excluded. 

Revenue: 

Publishing revenue decreased 7% to $574.2 million on a reported basis, and 6% on a constant currency basis as compared with prior 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
year. The decrease was primarily due to a decline in Education Publishing and STM and Professional Publishing due to a continued 
shift  in  market  demand  for  print  products.  This  decline  was  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  volume  of  Test  Preparation  and 
Certification product offerings and an increase in WileyPLUS mainly due to the timing of revenue recognition. 

Gross Profit: 

Gross  profit  decreased  6%  as  compared  with  prior  year  and  5%  on  a  constant  currency  basis,  due  to  the  decline  in  Education 
Publishing and STM and Professional Publishing revenue; partially offset by a decrease in inventory costs and to a lesser extent, book 
composition and product development amortization expense. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution  to  profit  decreased  2%  to  $118.9  million  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2019  as  compared  with  the  prior  year.  On  a 
constant  currency  basis  and excluding  restructuring  charges  and  a brand  impairment  charge  in  the  prior  year,  contribution  to profit 
decreased  8%  as  compared  with  the  prior  year.  This  decrease  was  primarily  due  to  lower  gross  profit,  partially  offset  by,  lower 
operating expenses including employee related costs, content related costs and, to a lesser extent, technology costs. 

SOLUTIONS:  
Revenue:  
Education Services 
Professional Assessment  
Corporate Learning  

Total Solutions Revenue  

Cost of Sales (a) 

Gross Profit  

Gross Profit Margin  

Operating Expenses (a) 
Amortization of Intangibles  
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7)  

Contribution to Profit  
Contribution Margin  

2019 

2018 

   % Change    

% Change 
w/o FX (b) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

157,549    $ 
65,889      
65,126      

119,131     
61,094     
63,835     

32%     
8%     
2%     

288,564    $ 

244,060     

18%     

122,337     

88,462     

38%     

166,227    $ 
57.6%      

155,598     
63.8%     

7%     

32%
8%
6%

19%

39%

8%

131,989      
18,393      
878      

116,513     
13,291     
3,695     

13%     
38%     
(76)%     

15%
39%
(76)%

14,967    $ 
5.2%      

22,099     
9.1%     

(32)%     

(39)%

(a)  In connection with the acquisition of Learning House, we changed our accounting policy for certain advertising and marketing 
costs incurred by our Education Services business to fulfill performance obligations from contracts with educational institutions. 
Under the new accounting policy, these costs are included in Cost of Sales whereas they were previously included in Operating 
and Administrative Expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The impact of this reclassification was an increase to 
Cost of Sales and a corresponding decrease to Operating and Administrative Expenses of $45.8 million for the year ended April 
30, 2018. This reclassification had no impact on Revenue, net or Contribution to Profit.  Refer to “Change in Accounting Policy” 
in  Note  2,  “Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  Recently  Issued,  and  Recently  Adopted  Accounting  Standards,”  for 
more information on the accounting policy change and Note 4, “Acquisition,” for more information related to the acquisition of 
Learning House. 

(b)  Adjusted to exclude FX impact and Restructuring Charges. 

Revenue: 

Solutions revenue increased 18% to $288.6 million on a reported basis and 19% on a constant currency basis as compared with prior 
year. The increase was mainly driven by the impact of the acquisition of Learning House on November 1, 2018 which contributed 
$31.5 million in revenue, and to a lesser extent, higher revenue in the legacy Education Services business, Professional Assessment 
services and Corporate Learning.  

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
      
     
     
  
  
      
     
     
  
  
  
      
     
     
  
     
  
  
      
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
      
     
     
  
     
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
Gross Profit: 

Gross  profit  increased  7%  to  $166.2  million,  and  8%,  on  a  constant  currency  basis,  as  compared  with  prior  year.  The  increase  is 
primarily  due  to  the  impact  of  higher  revenues  as  described  above,  partially  offset  by  higher  costs  of  sales  due  to  the  incremental 
impact of the acquisition of Learning House and higher marketing related costs of $8.1 million, due to the legacy Education Services 
business  primarily  due  to  increased  investments  to  support  revenue  growth;  and  to  a  lesser  extent,  higher  composition  and  product 
development amortization and employment related costs. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution  to  profit  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2019  includes  an  operating  loss  from  Learning  House  of  $8.0  million.   On  a 
constant currency basis, excluding restructuring charges and the impact from Learning House, contribution to profit decreased 8% as 
compared with prior year. This was due to higher operating expenses, including increased sales related costs, content costs, and, to a 
lesser extent, increased technology costs. These factors were partially offset by lower administrative costs.  

Legacy Education Services Partners and Programs: 

As of April 30, 2019, we had 39 university partners and 276 programs under contract. 

CORPORATE EXPENSES: 

Corporate Expenses for the year ended April 30, 2019 decreased 8% to $168.8 million as compared with prior year. On a constant 
currency  basis  and  excluding  restructuring  charges,  these  expenses  decreased  1%.  This  decrease  was  primarily  due  to  lower 
employment  related  costs,  including  incentive  compensation  costs,  partially  offset  by  higher  stock-based  compensation  expense  of 
$2.3 million and costs associated with strategic planning of $1.4 million. 

FISCAL YEAR 2018 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 2017 SUMMARY RESULTS 

Revenue: 

Revenue for the year ended April 30, 2018 increased 5% to $1,796.1 million, or 1% on a constant currency basis as compared with 
prior  year.  The  increase  was  mainly  driven  by  an  increase  in  Research  revenue  due  to  a  full  year  of  revenue  from  the  Atypon 
acquisition  in the  year  ended  April 30, 2018  and growth  in Open  Access  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  higher  Education Services  (OPM) 
revenue in Solutions. These increases were partially offset by a decline in Publishing revenue, primarily in STM and in Professional 
and Education Publishing, which reflected market conditions. 

See the "Segment Operating Results" below for additional details on each segment's revenue and contribution to profit performance. 

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit: 

Cost of Sales for the year ended April 30, 2018 increased 6% to $531.0 million, or 3% on a constant currency basis as compared with 
prior year. The increase was primarily a result of higher revenues and higher royalty costs on Research journals due to title mix and an 
increase in new titles at a higher royalty rate. 

Gross profit margin for the year ended April 30, 2018 was 70.4% and decreased slightly compared with the prior year on a constant 
currency basis, primarily in our Publishing segment as a result of the decline in revenue. 

As noted above, in connection with the acquisition of Learning House, we changed our accounting policy for certain advertising and 
marketing  costs  incurred  by  our  Education  Services  business  to  fulfill  performance  obligations  from  contracts  with  educational 
institutions.  Under  the  new  accounting  policy,  these  costs  are  included  in  Cost  of  Sales  whereas  they  were  previously  included  in 
Operating and Administrative Expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The amount reclassified for the year ended April 
30, 2018 and 2017 was $45.8 million and $40.0 million, respectively. Refer to “Change in Accounting Policy” in Note 2, “Summary 
of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  Recently  Issued,  and  Recently  Adopted  Accounting  Standards,”  for  more  information  on  the 
accounting policy change and Note 4, “Acquisition,” for more information related to the acquisition of Learning House. 

Operating and Administrative Expenses: 

Operating  and  administrative  expenses  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2018  increased  1%  to  $956.8  million,  but  decreased  1%  on  a 
constant currency basis as compared with prior year due to the following: 

 

lower technology costs in the current year of $18 million associated with our ERP implementation and other reductions in 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
outsourcing and system development consulting costs; 
a one-time pension settlement charge in the prior year related to changes in our retiree and long-term disability plans of $9 
million; and  
savings from operational excellence initiatives and restructuring activities. 

 

 

The factors were partially offset by: 

 

 

 
 

one-time benefits in the prior year related to the changes in our retiree and long-term disability plans of $4 million and a life 
insurance recovery of $2 million;  
a full year of costs in the year ended April 30, 2018 associated with the Atypon acquisition, which resulted in an incremental 
impact of $9 million;  
an increase in strategy consultation costs in the current year of $7 million; and   
an impairment charge in the current year related to one of our Publishing brands of $4 million.  

Restructuring and Related Charges: 

Beginning in the year ended April 30, 2013, we initiated a program (the “Restructuring and Reinvestment Program”) to restructure 
and  realign  its  cost  base  with  current  and  anticipated  future  market  conditions.  We  are  targeting  a  majority  of  the  cost  savings 
achieved to improve margins and earnings, while the remainder will be reinvested in high-growth digital business opportunities. 

In the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, we recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $29 million and $13 million, respectively, 
related to this program. These charges are reflected in Restructuring and Related Charges on the Consolidated Statements of Income 
and summarized in the following table: 

2018 

2017 

Charges by Segment:  

Research  
Publishing  
Solutions  
Corporate Expenses 

Total Restructuring and Related Charges  

Charges (Credits) by Activity:  

Severance  
Process reengineering consulting  
Other activities  

Total Restructuring and Related Charges  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

5,257   $ 
6,443  
3,695  
13,171  
28,566   $ 

27,213   $ 
1,815  
(462)  
28,566   $ 

1,949
1,596
1,787
8,023
13,355

8,386
148
4,821
13,355

The  credits  in  Other  Activities  in  2018  mainly  reflect  changes  in  estimates  for  previously  accrued  restructuring  charges  related  to 
facility lease reserves. Other Activities for the year ended April 30, 2017, reflect facility relocation and lease impairment related costs.  

Amortization of Intangibles: 

Amortization  of  intangibles  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2018  declined  3%  to  $48  million,  or  5%  on  a  constant  currency  basis 
compared with prior year. The decrease was a result of the completion of amortization of certain acquired intangible assets. 

Interest Expense: 

Interest expense for the year ended April 30, 2018 decreased $4 million to $13 million on a reported and constant currency basis. This 
decrease was due to lower average debt balances outstanding, partially offset by a higher average effective borrowing rate. 

Foreign Exchange Transaction (Losses) Gains: 

We reported foreign exchange transaction losses of $13 million for the year ended April 30, 2018 compared to gains of $0.4 million in 
the prior year. The losses in the year ended April 30, 2018 were primarily due to the impact of the change in average foreign exchange 
rates as compared to the U.S. dollar on our intercompany and third-party accounts receivable and payable balances. 

29 

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for Income Taxes: 

The following table summarizes the effective tax rate for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017: 

Effective tax rate as reported  
Estimated net impact in the year ended April 30, 2018 of non-recurring items from Tax Act  
Impact of unfavorable German court decision in the year ended April 30, 2017 
Impact of reduction in U.K. statutory rate on deferred tax balances in the year ended April 30, 2017 
Effective tax rate excluding the impact of non-recurring items from the Tax Act in the year ended April 
30, 2018 and the unfavorable German court decision and U.K. tax rate reduction in the year ended 
April 30, 2017  

2018 

2017 

10.2%     
11.7     
—     
—     

40.5%
—
(25.7)
1.3

21.9%     

16.1%

On  December  22,  2017,  the  U.S.  government  enacted  comprehensive  Federal  tax  legislation  originally  known  as  the  Tax  Cuts  and 
Jobs  Act  of  2017  (the  "Tax  Act").   In  December  2017,  the  SEC  staff  issued  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  No.  118,  Income  Tax 
Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("SAB 118"), which allowed us to record provisional amounts related to the 
effect of the Tax Act during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year of the enactment date. As the Tax Act was passed in 
December  2017,  and  ongoing  guidance  and  accounting  interpretation  were  expected  over  the  12  months  following  enactment,  we 
considered the accounting of the transition tax, deferred tax re-measurements, and other items to be provisional due to the forthcoming 
guidance and our ongoing analysis of final data and tax positions. 

The effective tax rate was lower in the year ended April 30, 2018 as compared with the year ended April 30, 2017 due to the net tax 
benefit  from  non-recurring  items  in  the  Tax  Act  and  the  effect  of  the  German  Tax  litigation  in  the  year  ended  April  30,  2017  as 
described  below. Estimated  non-recurring  items  in  the  Tax  Act  reduced  our  income  tax  expense  by  approximately  $25  million 
($0.43/share) or a reduction in our effective tax rate of 11.7 percentage points for the year ended April 30, 2018. Excluding the effect 
of the Tax Act, the rate was 21.9% for the year ended April 30, 2018. 

The rate excluding the benefit from the non-recurring items in the Tax Act was lower than the U.S. statutory rate for the year ended 
April 30, 2018, primarily due to lower rates applicable to non-U.S. earnings. 

German Tax Litigation Expense: In the year ended April 30, 2017, the German Federal Fiscal Court affirmed a lower court decision 
disallowing deductions related to a stepped-up basis in certain assets. As a result, we incurred an income tax charge of approximately 
$49 million ($0.85 per share). 

Deferred Tax Benefit from U.K. Statutory Tax Rate Change: In the year ended April 30, 2016, the U.K. reduced its statutory rate to 
19% beginning April 1, 2017 and 18% beginning April 1, 2020, and in the year ended April 30, 2017, the U.K. further reduced its 
statutory rate beginning on April 1, 2020, from 18% to 17%. This resulted in a non-cash deferred tax benefit from the re-measurement 
of our applicable U.K. deferred tax balances of $6 million ($0.10 per share) in the year ended April 30, 2016 and $3 million ($0.04 per 
share) in the year ended April 30, 2017.  

The Tax Act 

The information set forth in Note 12, "Income Taxes” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under the caption "The Tax 
Act," is incorporated herein by reference and further describes the impact of the Tax Act. 

EPS: 

EPS for the year ended April 30, 2018 was $3.32 per share compared with $1.95 per share in the prior year. EPS results included the 
following items, which impacted comparability: 

GAAP EPS 
Adjustments: 
Restructuring and related charges 
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany transactions 
Estimated impact of the Tax Act 
Pension settlement 
Unfavorable tax decisions 
Deferred income tax benefit on U.K. tax rate change 
Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS 

30 

2018 

2017 
3.32  $  1.95

0.39  
0.15  
(0.43)  
— 
— 
— 

0.15
   0.01
   —
0.09
0.85
  (0.04)
3.43   $  3.01

$ 

$ 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Excluding the impact of the items included above, Adjusted EPS for the year ended April 30, 2018 increased 14% to $3.43 per share 
compared with $3.01 per share in the prior year. On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EPS increased 3%. 

Publishing Technology Services (Atypon)  

32,907  

19,066  

73%     

Total Research Revenue  

$ 

934,395   $ 

853,489  

9%     

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS: 

RESEARCH:  
Revenue:  
Journal Subscriptions  
Open Access  
Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other  

Total Journal Revenue  

Cost of Sales  

Gross Profit  

Gross Profit Margin  

Operating Expenses (a) 
Amortization of Intangibles  
Restructuring Charges (See Note 7)  

Contribution to Profit  
Contribution Margin  

2018 

2017 

   % Change   

% Change 
w/o FX (b) 

$ 

$ 

677,685   $ 
41,997  
181,806  
901,488   $ 

639,720  
30,633  
164,070  
834,423  

6%     
37%     
11%     
8%     

247,654  

219,773  

13%     

$ 

$ 

686,741   $ 
73.5%  

633,716  
74.3%  

383,329  
26,829  
5,257  

354,986  
26,133  
1,949  

271,326   $ 
29.0%  

250,648  
29.4%  

8%     

8%     
3%     

8%     

(1)%

—
34%
8%
3%

73%

4%

8%

3%

6%
—

(a)  Due to the retrospective adoption of ASU 2017-07, total net benefits related to defined benefit and other post-employment benefit 
plans were reclassified from Operating and Administrative Expenses to Interest and Other Income (Expense). The amounts for the 
years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017 for the Research segment were $4.2 million and $1.6 million, respectively. Refer to Note 2, 
"Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  Recently  Issued,  and  Recently  Adopted  Accounting  Standards,"  for  more 
information. 

(b)  Adjusted to exclude FX impact and Restructuring Charges 

Revenue: 

Research revenue increased 9% to $934.4 million, or 4% on a constant currency basis as compared with prior year. The increase was 
primarily due to:  

 

a  full  year  of  revenue  from  Atypon,  which  was  acquired  in  September  2016,  of  which  $14  million  was  the  incremental 
impact; 

  Open Access growth driven by the strong performance of existing titles and, to a lesser extent, new title launches; and   
 

other Journal revenue increases, particularly in reprints, backfiles and the licensing of intellectual content.  

As  of  April  30,  2018,  calendar  year  2018  journal  subscription  renewals  were  2%  higher  than  calendar  year  2017  on  a  constant 
currency basis with approximately 97% of targeted business under contract. 

Gross Profit: 

Gross Profit increased 8% to $686.7 million, or 3% on a constant currency basis as compared with prior year. The increase was driven 
by higher revenues. Gross profit margin declined by 80 basis points due primarily to higher journal royalty costs associated with title 
mix and an increase in new titles at higher royalty rates. We anticipate that we will continue to experience gross margin pressure due 
to  higher  journal  royalty  rates  in  the  year  ended  April  30,  2019.  To  offset  this  gross  margin  pressure,  we  will  continue  to  pursue 
additional operations efficiencies. 

31 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution  to  Profit  increased  8%  to  $271.3  million  as  compared  with  prior  year.  On  a  constant  currency  basis  and  excluding 
restructuring charges, contribution to profit decreased 1% as compared with prior year as the increase in gross profit was offset by 
higher operating expenses. 

The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to:  

 
 

 
 

a full year of costs in the year ended April 30, 2018 from Atypon which resulted in an incremental impact of $9 million;   
higher  employment-related  costs  of  $5  million,  which  included  higher  incentive  compensation  from  the  achievement  of 
certain financial goals and targets;  
higher content and editorial costs of $3 million; and 
an increase in product technology costs of $5 million. 

These factors were partially offset by savings from operational excellence initiatives and restructuring activities. 

Society Partnerships 

For calendar year 2018, 15 new society contracts were signed, with combined annual revenue of approximately $14 million, and 10 
society contracts were not renewed with combined annual revenue of approximately $3 million. 

PUBLISHING:  
Revenue:  
STM and Professional Publishing  
Education Publishing  
Courseware (WileyPLUS)  
Test Preparation and Certification 
Licensing, Distribution, Advertising, and Other  

Total Publishing Revenue  

Cost of Sales  

Gross Profit  

Gross Profit Margin  

Operating Expenses (a) 
Amortization of Intangibles  
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7)  
Publishing brand impairment charge 

Contribution to Profit  
Contribution Margin  

2018 

2017 

   % Change    

% Change 
w/o FX (b) 

287,315 $ 
187,178   
59,475   
35,534   
48,146   

291,255   
196,343   
62,348   
35,609   
47,894   

(1)%   
(5)%   
(5)%   
—   
1%   

617,648 $ 

633,449   

(2)%   

194,900   

194,837   

—   

422,748 $ 
68.4%   

438,612   
69.2%   

(4)%   

(3)%
(6)%
(5)%
—
(2)%

(4)%

(1)%

(5)%

282,958   
8,108   
6,443   
3,600  

121,639 $ 
19.7%   

302,682   
9,803   
1,596   
—  

124,531   
19.7%   

(7)%   
(17)%   

(7)%
(17)%

(2)%   

1%

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(a)  Due to the retrospective adoption of ASU 2017-07, total net benefits related to defined benefit and other post-employment benefit 
plans were reclassified from Operating and Administrative Expenses to Interest and Other Income (Expense). The amounts for the 
years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017 for the Publishing segment were $2.3 million and $1.2 million, respectively. Refer to Note 
2,  "Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  Recently  Issued,  and  Recently  Adopted  Accounting  Standards,"  for  more 
information. 

(b)   Adjusted  in  the  years  ended April  30, 2018  and 2017  to  exclude FX  impact  and Restructuring Charges,  and  in  the  year  ended 

April 30, 2018 also excludes a Publishing brand impairment charge. 

Revenue: 

Publishing revenue decreased 2% to $617.6 million, or 4% on a constant currency basis as compared with prior year. The decline was 
driven by lower print book revenues, particularly in Education Publishing, due to overall softness in the market as well as other retail 
options such as rental and digital. Also contributing to the decline in Publishing revenue was a decline in Courseware (WileyPLUS), 
primarily due to the timing of revenue recognition associated with multi-semester offerings, which are recognized in periods extending 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
7%  
2%  
6%  

5%  

3%  

7%  

7%
2%
(1)%

3%

1%

5%

(1)%
(6)%

across two semesters.  

Gross Profit: 

Gross  Profit  decreased  4%  to  $422.7  million,  or  5%  on  a  constant  currency  basis  as  compared  with  prior  year.  The  decrease  was 
mainly driven by the decline in revenues, partially offset by lower inventory costs due to cost savings initiatives.  

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution  to  Profit  decreased  2%  to  $121.6  million  as  compared  with  prior  year.  On  a  constant  currency  basis  and  excluding 
restructuring  charges  and  a  brand  impairment  charge  in  the  first  quarter  of  the  year  ended  April  30,  2018,  contribution  to  profit 
increased  1%.  This  was  primarily  due  to  lower  operating  expenses,  which  were  primarily  savings  from  operational  excellence 
initiatives and restructuring activities. 

2018 

2017 

% 
Change    

% Change 
w/o FX (b) 

SOLUTIONS:  
Revenue:  
Education Services  
Professional Assessment  
Corporate Learning  

$ 

119,131   $ 
61,094  
63,835  

111,638     
59,868     
60,086     

Total Solutions Revenue  

$ 

244,060   $ 

231,592     

Cost of Sales (a) 

Gross Profit  

Gross Profit Margin  

Operating Expenses (a) 
Amortization of Intangibles  
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7)  

Contribution to Profit  
Contribution Margin  

$ 

$ 

88,462  

86,184     

155,598   $ 
63.8%  

145,408     
62.8%     

116,513  
13,291  
3,695  

115,066     
13,733     
1,787     

1%  
(3)%  

22,099   $ 
9.1%  

14,822     
6.4%     

49%  

56%

(a)  In connection with the acquisition of Learning House, we changed our accounting policy for certain advertising and marketing 
costs incurred by our Education Services business to fulfill performance obligations from contracts with educational institutions. 
Under the new accounting policy, these costs are included in Cost of Sales whereas they were previously included in Operating 
and Administrative Expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The impact of this reclassification was an increase to 
Cost of Sales and a corresponding decrease to Operating and Administrative Expenses of $45.8 million and $40.0 million for the 
years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. This reclassification had no impact on Revenue, net or Contribution to Profit.  
Refer to “Change in Accounting Policy” in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently 
Adopted  Accounting  Standards,”  for  more  information  on  the  accounting  policy  change  and  Note  4,  “Acquisition,”  for  more 
information related to the acquisition of Learning House. 

(b)  Adjusted to exclude FX impact and Restructuring Charges. 

Revenue: 

Solutions revenue increased 5% to $244.1 million, or 3%, on a constant currency basis as compared with prior year, mainly driven by 
growth in Education Services tuition revenue growth due to higher enrollments, partially offset by a decline in Corporate Learning 
(CrossKnowledge) where French government funding slowed for unemployment initiatives and blended learning programs.  

Gross Profit: 

Gross Profit increased 7% to $155.6 million, or 5% on a constant currency basis as compared with prior year. The increase primarily 
reflected the impact of higher revenue.  

A 100-basis-point  improvement  in gross  profit  margin  was  due  to  higher revenues  and  increased  efficiency  in  recruiting  Education 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
partially offset by: 
 
 

Services students, which resulted in lower recruitment costs. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution  to  Profit  increased  49%  to  $22.1  million  as  compared  with  prior  year.  On  a  constant  currency  basis  and  excluding 
restructuring charges, contribution to profit increased 56%, primarily due to the improvement in gross profit partially offset by higher 
operating expenses, including higher advertising and marketing expenses of $6 million to support sales growth.  

Education Services Partners and Programs 

As of April 30, 2018, we had 34 university partners and 239 programs under contract. 

CORPORATE EXPENSES: 

Corporate Expenses were $183.6 million and $178.5 million in the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. On a constant 
currency  basis  and  excluding  restructuring  charges  and  a  one-time  pension  settlement  charge  in  the  prior  year,  these  expenses 
decreased 2%, primarily due to the following:  

 

lower technology costs of approximately $10 million driven by reduced spending on our ERP system and other reductions in 
depreciation, outsourcing, and systems development consulting costs; and   
savings from operational excellence initiatives and restructuring activities;  

strategy consultation costs in the current year of $7.1 million; and 
one-time benefits in the prior year related to changes in our retiree and long-term disability plans of $4.2 million and a life 
insurance recovery of $2 million. 

FISCAL YEAR 2020 OUTLOOK 
(amounts in millions, except Adjusted EPS) 

We are currently in the process of realigning our existing reporting structure to our new strategic focus areas. This realignment will 
include the following changes to our segment reporting structure: (1) Education and Professional Publishing, which now consists of 
the  current  Publishing  segment  plus  our  Corporate  Learning  and  Professional  Assessment  businesses,  and  (2)  Education  Services, 
which will now include our OPM businesses, including Learning House. Our Research segment will be renamed Research Publishing 
and Platforms and will continue to include our current Research and Atypon businesses.  

Item 
Revenue 

Research Publishing & Platforms 
Education & Professional Publishing 
Education Services 

Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EPS 
Free Cash Flow 

Fiscal Year  
2019 Actual 

Fiscal Year 2020 Outlook 
Constant Currency 

$

$
$
$

1,800 
937 
705 
158 
388 
2.96  
149  

$

$
$
$

1,840 - 1,870
950-960
690-700
200-210
360-375
2.45-2.55
210-230

  Fiscal year 2020 Adjusted EPS is expected to decline primarily due to non-cash amortization expense related to acquisitions 

and increased investment to grow and optimize Research and Education Services. 

  Forward-looking metrics include impact from Learning House and Knewton acquisitions. 
  Fiscal year 2020 results exclude the impact of the first quarter of fiscal year 2020 restructuring charges related to our multi-
year  Business  Optimization  Program.  We  anticipate  approximately  $15  million  to  $20  million  of  restructuring  charges,  of 
which  approximately  $10  million  to $15  million  to  be  severance-related  costs  and  the  remainder  to  be  related  to non-cash 
costs. We  estimate  that  this multi-year  program  will  potentially  yield  approximately  $30  million  in  operating  savings over 
time, with half of those savings to be realized in fiscal year 2020. 

  Fiscal year 2020 Outlook reflects fiscal year 2019 average exchange rates. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA: 

Below is a reconciliation of GAAP net income to Non-GAAP EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA: 

Net Income 

Interest expense 
Provision for income taxes 
Depreciation and amortization 

Non-GAAP EBITDA 

Restructuring and related (credits) charges 
Foreign exchange transaction losses  
Interest and other income  
Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES: 

Principal Sources of Liquidity 

Year Ended 
April 30, 
2019 

$ 

$ 

168,263
16,121
44,689
161,155
390,228
3,118
6,016
(11,100)
388,262

We  believe  that  our  operating  cash  flow,  together  with  our  revolving  credit  facilities  and  other  available  debt  financing,  will  be 
adequate  to  meet  our  operating,  investing,  and  financing  needs  in  the  foreseeable  future,  although  there  can  be  no  assurance  that 
continued or increased volatility in the global capital and credit markets will not impair our ability to access these markets on terms 
commercially acceptable. We do not have any off-balance-sheet debt. 

As of April 30, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents of $92.9 million, of which approximately $81.0 million, or 87% was located 
outside  the  U.S.    Maintenance  of  these  cash  and  cash  equivalent  balances  outside  the  U.S.  does  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the 
liquidity or capital resources of our operations. Notwithstanding the Tax Act which generally eliminated federal income tax on future 
cash repatriation to the U.S., cash repatriation may be subject to state and local taxes or withholding or similar taxes. As described in 
Note  12,  “Income  Taxes,”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  since  April  30,  2018,  we  no  longer  intend  to 
permanently reinvest earnings outside the U.S. We have a $2.0 million liability related to the estimated taxes that would be incurred 
upon repatriating certain non-U.S. earnings. 

As  of  April  30,  2019,  we  had  $478.8  million  of  debt  outstanding  and  approximately  $623.9  million  of  unused  borrowing  capacity 
under our Revolving Credit and other facilities. Our credit agreement contains certain restrictive covenants related to our consolidated 
leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio, which we were in compliance with as of April 30, 2019. 

On  May  30,  2019,  we  entered  into  a  credit  agreement  that  amended  and  restated  the  existing  agreement.  The  credit  agreement 
provides for senior unsecured credit facilities comprised of a (i) five-year revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount up 
to  $1.25  billion,  and  (ii)  a  five-year  term  loan  A  facility  consisting  of  $250  million.  The  agreement  contains  certain  customary 
affirmative and negative covenants, including a financial covenant in the form of a consolidated net leverage ratio and consolidated 
interest coverage ratio. We incurred approximately $4.0 million of costs related to this agreement. 

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments 

A summary of contractual obligations and commercial commitments, excluding unrecognized tax benefits further described in Note 
12, “Income Taxes,” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, as of April 30, 2019 is as follows: 

Total Debt 
Interest on Debt (1) 
Non-Cancelable Leases 
Minimum Royalty Obligations 
Other Operating Commitments 
Total 

Payments Due by Period 

Total 

Within 
Year 1 

2–3 
Years 

4–5 
Years 

After 5 
Years 

$ 

$ 

478.8  $ 
31.9    
248.6   
469.8    
57.4    
1,286.5  $ 

—  $ 
17.5    
30.9   
101.1    
36.1    
185.6  $ 

478.8  $ 
14.4    
50.5   
160.1    
20.8    
724.6  $ 

—  $ 
—    
37.8   
106.1    
0.5    
144.4  $ 

—
—
129.4
102.5
—
231.9

(1)  Interest  on  Debt  includes  the  effect  of  our  interest  rate  swap  agreements  and  the  estimated  future  interest  payments  on  our 
35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
unhedged variable rate debt, assuming that the interest rates as of April 30, 2019 remain constant until the maturity of the debt. 

Analysis of Historical Cash Flow 

The following table shows the changes in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 
2017. 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities  
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities  
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities  
Effect of Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Changes on Cash, Cash Equivalents and 

$ 

Restricted Cash  

2019 

Year Ended April 30, 
2018 

250,831   $ 
(301,502)     
(17,595)     

382,322   $ 

(177,411)  
(96,831)  

2017 

314,903
(243,010)
(346,172)

(8,443)     

3,661  

(31,011)

Free Cash Flow less Product Development Spending helps assess our ability, over the long term, to create value for our shareholders, 
as it represents cash available to repay debt, pay common dividends, and fund share repurchases and new acquisitions. Below are the 
details of Free Cash Flow less Product Development Spending for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018, and 2017. 

Cash flow from operations is seasonally a use of cash in the first half of Wiley’s fiscal year principally due to the timing of collections 
for annual journal subscriptions, which occurs in the beginning of the second half of our fiscal year. 

Free Cash Flow less Product Development Spending: 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities  
Less: Additions to Technology, Property and Equipment  
Less: Product Development Spending  
Free Cash Flow less Product Development Spending 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

2019 compared to 2018 

2019 

Year Ended April 30, 
2018 

250,831    $ 
(77,167)      
(24,426)      
149,238   $ 

382,322   $ 

(114,225)  
(36,503)  
231,594  $ 

$ 

$ 

2017 

314,903
(105,058)
(43,603)
166,242

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities in the year ended April 30, 2019 decreased $131.5 million compared to the year ended 
April 30, 2018 to $250.8 million primarily due to the following factors: 

 
 

 

 

 

lower net earnings adjusted for non-cash items of $24 million, including Learning House;  
the unfavorable net impact on accounts receivable and deferred revenue (contract liabilities) from the delay in billings and 
subsequent collections of calendar year 2019 journal subscriptions of $57 million; 
the net use of cash for other working capital items, including the payment of accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $26 
million, primarily due to timing of payments and lower accruals for incentive compensation; 
a  net  use  of  cash  related  to  employee  retirement  plan  contributions  of  $13  million,  which  includes  a  $10.0  million  tax-
advantage discretionary contribution to the U.S. Employees' Retirement Plan in fiscal year 2019; and 
certain one-time closing costs related to the Learning House acquisition of $10 million. 

Our negative working capital was $379.8 million and $394.3 million as of April 30, 2019, and April 30, 2018, respectively, due to the 
seasonality  of our  businesses.  The primary  driver of  the negative  working capital  is  unearned  contract  liabilities  (deferred revenue) 
related to subscriptions for which cash has been collected in advance. Cash received in advance for subscriptions is used by us for a 
number of purposes, including acquisitions, debt repayments, funding operations, dividend payments and purchasing treasury shares.  

Our change in working capital of $14.6 million was primarily due to the delay in billings and subsequent cash collections for calendar 
year  2019  subscriptions  partly  related  to  our  ERP  transition.  We  estimate  that  approximately  $35  million  of  cash  collections  for 
calendar year 2019 journal subscriptions collections were delayed into fiscal year 2020. 

The contract liabilities (deferred revenue) will be recognized as income when the products are shipped or made available online to the 
customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2019 and as of April 30, 2018 includes $507.4 million 
and $486.4 million, respectively, primarily related to deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance. 

36 

 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
We  expect  that  our  fiscal  year  2020  cash  flow  from  operations  will  benefit  from  the  expected  recovery  on  the  timing  of  journal 
subscriptions collections. We expect timing related changes in working capital will not be as pronounced as we enter into fiscal 2021. 
During that time, we expect our cash flow from operations and financial position to continue to provide us with the opportunity and 
capacity to execute our strategies. 

2018 compared to 2017 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities in the year ended April 30, 2018 increased $67.4 million from the year ended April 30, 
2017 to $382.3 million. This was primarily due to: 

 
 
 

a $40.7 million favorable impact on accounts payable from the timing of vendor payments; 
a $12.1 million favorable impact from lower employee retirement plan contributions; and 
a $15.7 million favorable impact on accounts receivable from the timing of customer payments. 

The factors above were partially offset by a $15.0 million unfavorable impact from higher taxes paid in the year ended April 30, 2018 
as compared with prior year. 

Our  negative  working  capital  was  $394.3  million  and  $428.1  million  as  of  April  30,  2018,  and  April  30,  2017,  respectively.  The 
primary driver of the negative working capital is unearned deferred revenue related to subscriptions for which cash has been collected 
in advance. Cash received in advance for subscriptions is used by us for a number of purposes, including funding operating activities, 
acquisitions,  debt  repayments,  dividend  payments,  and  repurchasing  treasury  shares.  The  deferred  revenue  will  be  recognized  as 
income  when  the  products  are  shipped or made  available  online  to  the customers  over  the  term  of  the  subscription  period.  Current 
liabilities as of April 30, 2018 include $486.4 million of such deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance. 

The $33.8 million change in working capital was primarily due to the seasonality of our businesses and the impact from the changes in 
accounts  receivable  and  accounts  payable  discussed  above.  For  the  year  ended  April  30,  2019,  working  capital  performance  from 
accounts receivable and accounts payable is expected to be in line with the year ended April 30, 2018. 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities 

2019 compared to 2018 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities in the year ended April 30, 2019 was $301.5 million compared to $177.4 million in the prior 
year. The increase was due to $190.4 million of net cash used to acquire Learning House.  This was partially offset by a decrease of 
$37.1 million due to lower spending for technology, property and equipment in the year ended April 30, 2019 as a result of the May 
2018  implementation  of  our  enterprise  resource  planning  system  (“ERP”)  order  to  cash  release  for  journal  subscriptions  and  the 
completion  of  our  headquarters  renovations.  In  addition,  a  $12.1  million  decrease  in  product  development  spending,  which  was 
primarily  due  to  the  adoption  of  Topic  606  whereby  certain  costs  to  fulfill  contracts,  which  were  previously  included  in  product 
development  spending  are  now  included  in  cash  flow  from  operations.  As  well  as  a decrease of  $17.2  million  in  cash used for  the 
acquisition of publication rights. 

Projected capital spending for Technology, Property and Equipment and Product Development Spending for the year ended April 30, 
2020 is forecast to be approximately $125 million. Projected spending for author advances, which is classified as an operating activity, 
is forecast to be approximately $134 million for the year ended April 30, 2020. 

2018 compared to 2017 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities in the year ended April 30, 2018 was $177.4 million, compared to $243.0 million in the prior 
year. The decrease in net cash used in investing activities in the year ended April 30, 2018 was primarily due to: 

 

our investment in the year ended April 30, 2017 in acquisitions of $125.9 million compared to no investments in the year 
ended April 30, 2018. The year ended April 30, 2017 includes cash used for the acquisitions of Atypon ($121 million) and 
Ranku ($5 million), net of cash acquired; 

partially offset by: 
 

$60.4  million  in  proceeds  we  received  in  the  year  ended  April  30,  2017  related  to  the  settlement  of  a  foreign  exchange 
forward  contract  that  was  entered  into  in  the  year  ended  April  30,  2016  to  manage  foreign  currency  exposures  on 
intercompany loans. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Cash Used In Financing Activities 

2019 compared to 2018 

Net Cash Used In Financing Activities was $17.6 million in the year ended April 30, 2019 compared to $96.8 million in fiscal year 
2018. This decrease in cash used in financing activities was due to an increase in net borrowings of $128.7 million in the year ended 
April 30, 2019 compared to the year ended April 30, 2018. This was partially offset by $25.5 million of lower cash proceeds from the 
exercise of stock options and an increase in cash used of $20.3 million to repurchase shares of our Class A Common Stock.   

During  the  year  ended  April  30,  2019,  we  repurchased  1,191,496  shares  of  Class  A  Common  stock  at  an  average  price  of  $50.35 
compared to 713,177 shares of Class A Common Stock at an average price of $55.65 in the prior year. In the year ended April 30, 
2019, we increased our quarterly dividend to shareholders by 3% to $1.32 per share annualized versus $1.28 per share annualized in 
the prior year. 

As of April 30, 2019, we had authorization from our Board of Directors to purchase up to 1,888,975 additional shares. 

2018 compared to 2017 

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities was $96.8 million in the  year ended April 30, 2018 compared to $346.2 million in the year 
ended April 30, 2017. This decrease in cash used was due to lower net debt repayments in the year ended April 30, 2018. Net debt 
repayments in the year ended April 30, 2018 were $8.6 million compared to $240.0 million in the prior year. 

During the year ended April 30, 2018, we repurchased 713,177 shares of common stock at an average price of $55.65, compared to 
953,188 shares at an average price of $52.80 in the prior year. As of April 30, 2018, we had authorization from our Board of Directors 
to purchase up to 3,080,471 additional shares. 

RECENTLY ISSUED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS, ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE, AND 
DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS 

We  are  subject  to  numerous  recently  issued  statements  of  financial  accounting  standards,  accounting  guidance,  and  disclosure 
requirements.  The  information  set  forth  in  Note  2,  “Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  Recently  Issued  and  Recently 
Adopted Accounting Standards,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K is incorporated by reference 
and describes these new accounting standards. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES: 

The  preparation  of  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  related  disclosures  in  conformity  with  U.S. GAAP  requires  our 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent 
assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates 
include, among other items, revenue recognition, sales return reserves, allocation of acquisition purchase price to assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, intangible assets with finite lives and other long-lived assets, and 
retirement plans.  We review these estimates and assumptions periodically using historical experience and other factors and reflect the 
effects of any revisions on the Consolidated Financial Statements in the period we determine any revisions to be necessary. Actual 
results  could  differ  from  those  estimates,  which  could  affect  the  reported  results.  Note  2,  “Summary  of  Significant  Accounting 
Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards” of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” includes 
a summary of the significant accounting policies and methods used in preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. Set forth 
below is a discussion of our more critical accounting policies and methods. 

Revenue Recognition:  

See Note 3, “Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our 
revenue recognition policy. 

Sales Return Reserves:  

The process that we use to determine our sales returns and the related reserve provision charged against revenue is based on applying 
an  estimated  return  rate  to  current  year  returnable  print  book  sales.  This  rate  is  based  upon  an  analysis  of  actual  historical  return 
experience  in  the  various  markets  and  geographic  regions  in  which  we  do  business.  We  collect,  maintain,  and  analyze  significant 
amounts  of  sales  returns  data  for  large  volumes  of  homogeneous  transactions.  This  allows  us  to  make  reasonable  estimates  of  the 
amount of future returns. All available data is utilized to identify the returns by market and as to which fiscal year the sales returns 

38 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
apply. This enables management to track the returns in detail and identify and react to trends occurring in the marketplace, with the 
objective  of  being  able  to  make  the  most  informed  judgments  possible  in  setting  reserve  rates.  Associated  with  the  estimated  sales 
return reserves, we also include a related increase to inventory and a reduction to accrued royalties as a result of the expected returns. 
Print book sales return reserves amounted to a net liability balance of $18.5 million and $18.6 million as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, 
respectively. 

The reserves are reflected in the following accounts of the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position – increase (decrease):  

Accounts receivable, net (1) 
Inventories, net 
Accrued royalties 
Contract liability (Deferred revenue) (1) 
Decrease in Net Assets  

2019 

—   $ 
3,739   $ 
(3,653)  $ 
25,934  $ 
(18,542)   $ 

2018 
(28,302)
4,626
(5,048)
—
(18,628)

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

(1) Due to the adoption of the new revenue standard (See Note 3, Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers), the sales return 
reserve as of April 30, 2019 of $25.9 million is recorded in Contract Liability (Deferred Revenue). In prior periods, the sales return 
reserve  of  $28.3  million  was  recorded  as  a  reduction  to  Accounts  Receivable,  net  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial 
Position. 

A one percent change in the estimated sales return rate could affect net income by approximately $1.5 million. A change in the pattern 
or trends in returns could also affect the estimated allowance. 

Allocation of Acquisition Purchase Price to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed:  

In connection with acquisitions, we allocate the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on the 
estimates  of  fair  value  for  such  items,  including  intangible  assets  and  technology  acquired.  Such  estimates  include  discounted 
estimated cash flows expected to be generated by those assets and the expected useful lives based on historical experience and current 
market trends to be achieved from the acquisition and the expected tax basis of assets acquired. We may use a third-party valuation 
consultant to assist in the determination of such estimates. 

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets:  

Goodwill  is  reviewed  for  possible  impairment  at  least  annually  on  a  reporting  unit  level  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  each  year.  A 
review of goodwill may be initiated before or after conducting the annual analysis if events or changes in circumstances indicate the 
carrying value of goodwill may no longer be recoverable. 

A  reporting  unit  is  the  operating  segment  unless,  at  businesses  one  level  below  that  operating  segment–  the  “component”  level–
discrete  financial  information  is  prepared  and  regularly  reviewed  by  management,  and  the  component  has  economic  characteristics 
that are different from the economic characteristics of the other components of the operating segment, in which case the component is 
the reporting unit. 

As part of the annual impairment test, we may conduct an assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than 
not  that  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount.  In  a  qualitative  assessment,  we  would  consider  the 
macroeconomic  conditions,  including  any  deterioration  of  general  conditions  and  industry  and  market  conditions,  including  any 
deterioration  in  the  environment  where  the  reporting  unit  operates,  increased  competition,  changes  in  the  products/services  and 
regulatory and political developments, cost of doing business, overall financial performance, including any declining cash flows and 
performance in relation to planned revenues and earnings in past periods, other relevant reporting unit specific facts, such as changes 
in management or key personnel or pending litigation, and events affecting the reporting unit, including changes in the carrying value 
of net assets. 

If  an  optional  qualitative  goodwill  impairment  assessment  is  not  performed,  we  are  required  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  each 
reporting unit using the two-step process. In step one, we compare the fair value of each of our reporting units with goodwill to its 
carrying value, including the goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, 
there is no indication of impairment and no further testing is required. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying 
value, we must perform step two of the impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. In step two, the reporting 
unit’s fair value is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a 
hypothetical analysis that calculates the implied fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if the reporting unit were being acquired 
in a business combination. If the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is less than the carrying value, the difference is 
recorded as an impairment loss. 

39 

 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
We  derive  an  estimate  of  fair  values  for  each  of  our  reporting  units  using  a  combination  of  an  income  approach  and  a  market 
approach,  each  based  on  an  applicable  weighting.  We  assess  the  applicable  weighting  based  on  such  factors  as  current  market 
conditions  and  the  quality  and  reliability  of  the  data.  Absent  an  indication  of  fair  value  from  a  potential  buyer  or  similar  specific 
transactions, we believe that the use of these methods provides a reasonable estimate of a reporting unit’s fair value. 

Fair value computed by these methods is arrived at using a number of factors, including projected future operating results, anticipated 
future  cash  flows,  effective  income  tax  rates,  comparable  marketplace  data  within  a  consistent  industry  grouping,  and  the  cost  of 
capital.  There  are  inherent  uncertainties,  however,  related  to  these  factors  and  to  our  judgment  in  applying  them  to  this  analysis. 
Nonetheless,  we  believe  that  the  combination  of  these  methods  provides  a  reasonable  approach  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  our 
reporting units. Assumptions for sales, net earnings, and cash flows for each reporting unit were consistent among these methods. 

Annual Goodwill Impairment Test 

As of February 1, 2019, we completed step one of our annual goodwill impairment test for our reporting units. We concluded that the 
fair values of these reporting units were above their carrying values and, therefore, there was no indication of impairment.  

Income Approach Used to Determine Fair Values 

The  income  approach  is  based  upon  the  present  value  of  expected  cash  flows.  Expected  cash  flows  are  converted  to  present  value 
using factors that consider the timing and risk of the future cash flows. The estimate of cash flows used is prepared on an unleveraged 
debt-free basis. We use a discount rate that reflects a market-derived weighted average cost of capital. We believe that this approach is 
appropriate  because  it  provides  a  fair  value  estimate  based  upon  the  reporting  unit’s  expected  long-term  operating  and  cash  flow 
performance. The projections are based upon our best estimates of projected economic and market conditions over the related period 
including growth rates, estimates of future expected changes in operating margins, and cash expenditures. Other significant estimates 
and assumptions include terminal value long-term growth rates, provisions for income taxes, future capital expenditures, and changes 
in future cashless, debt-free working capital. 

Market Approach Used to Determine Fair Values 

The market approach used estimates the fair value of the reporting unit by applying multiples of operating performance measures to 
the reporting unit’s operating performance (the “Guideline Public Company Method”). These multiples are derived from comparable 
publicly-traded companies with similar investment characteristics to the reporting unit, and such comparable data are reviewed and 
updated as needed annually. We believe that this approach is appropriate because it provides a fair value estimate using multiples from 
entities with operations and economic characteristics comparable to our reporting units and Wiley. 

The key estimates and assumptions that are used to determine fair value under this market approach include current and forward 12-
month  operating  performance  results,  as  applicable,  and  the  selection  of  the  relevant  multiples  to  be  applied.  Under  the  Guideline 
Public Company Method, a control premium, or an amount that a buyer is usually willing to pay over the current market price of a 
publicly  traded  company,  is  considered  and applied,  to  the  calculated  equity  values  to adjust  the public  trading  value  upward for  a 
100% ownership interest, where applicable. 

In  order  to  assess  the  reasonableness of  the  calculated  fair  values  of our reporting  units,  we  also  compare  the  sum  of  the reporting 
units’ fair values to our market capitalization and calculate an implied control premium (the excess of the sum of the reporting units’ 
fair  values  over  the  market  capitalization).  We  evaluate  the  control  premium  by  comparing  it  to  control  premiums  of  recent 
comparable  market  transactions.  If  the  implied  control  premium  is  not  reasonable  in  light  of  these  recent  transactions,  we  will 
reevaluate our fair value estimates of the reporting units by adjusting the discount rates and/or other assumptions. 

If  our  assumptions  and  related  estimates  change  in  the  future,  or  if  we  change  our  reporting  unit  structure  or  other  events  and 
circumstances  change  (such  as  a  sustained  decrease  in  the  price  of  our  common  stock,  a  decline  in  current  market  multiples,  a 
significant  adverse  change  in  legal  factors  or  business  climates,  an  adverse  action  or  assessment  by  a  regulator,  heightened 
competition, strategic decisions made in response to economic or competitive conditions, or a more-likely-than-not expectation that a 
reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or disposed of), we may be required to record impairment charges 
in future periods. Any impairment charges that we may take in the future could be material to our consolidated results of operations 
and financial condition. 

See Note 11, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our goodwill balance 
and the goodwill review performed in 2019 and other related information. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intangible Assets with Finite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets:  

Finite-lived  intangible  assets  principally  consist  of  brands,  trademarks,  content  and  publication  rights,  customer  relationships,  and 
non-compete agreements and are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The most significant factors in determining the estimated 
lives  of  these  intangibles  are  the  history  and  longevity  of  the  brands,  trademarks,  and  content  and  publication  rights  acquired 
combined with the strength of cash flows.  

Intangible  assets  with  finite  lives  as  of  April  30,  2019,  are  amortized  on  a  straight  line  basis  over  the  following  weighted  average 
estimated useful lives: content and publishing rights – 34 years, customer relationships – 18 years, brands and trademarks – 16 years, 
non-compete agreements – 3 years. 

Assets with finite lives are evaluated for impairment upon a significant change in the operating or macroeconomic environment. In 
these circumstances, if an evaluation of the projected undiscounted cash flows indicates impairment, the asset is written down to its 
estimated fair value based on the discounted future cash flows. 

Retirement Plans:  

We provide defined benefit pension plans for certain employees worldwide. Our Board of Directors approved amendments to the U.S., 
Canada and U.K. defined benefit plans that froze the future accumulation of benefits effective June 30, 2013, December 31, 2015, and 
April  30,  2015,  respectively.  Under  the  amendments,  no  new  employees  will  be  permitted  to  enter  these  plans  and  no  additional 
benefits for current participants for future services will be accrued after the effective dates of the amendments. 

The  accounting  for  benefit  plans  is  highly  dependent  on  assumptions  concerning  the  outcome  of  future  events  and  circumstances, 
including  discount  rates,  long-term  return  rates  on  pension  plan  assets,  healthcare  cost  trends,  compensation  increases  and  other 
factors. In determining such assumptions, we consult with outside actuaries and other advisors.  

The discount rates for the U.S., Canada and U.K. pension plans are based on the derivation of a single-equivalent discount rate using a 
standard spot rate curve and the timing of expected benefit payments as of the balance sheet date. The spot rate curves are based upon 
portfolios of corporate bonds rated at Aa or above by a respected rating agency. The discount rate for Germany is based on a similar 
published index with a duration comparable to that of the plan’s liabilities. The expected long-term rates of return on pension plan 
assets are estimated using market benchmarks for equities, real estate, and bonds applied to each plan’s target asset allocation and are 
estimated  by  asset  class,  including  an  anticipated  inflation  rate.  The  expected  long-term  rates  are  then  compared  to  the  historic 
investment performance of the plan assets as well as future expectations and estimated through consultation with investment advisors 
and actuaries. Salary growth and healthcare cost trend assumptions are based on our historical experience and future outlook. While 
we believe that the assumptions used in these calculations are reasonable, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions 
could materially affect the expense and liabilities related to our defined benefit pension plans. A hypothetical one percent increase in 
the  discount  rate  would  increase  net  income  and  decrease  the  accrued  pension  liability  by  approximately  $1.4  million  and  $135.1 
million, respectively. A one percent decrease in the discount rate would decrease net income and increase the accrued pension liability 
by approximately $0.6 million and $165.9 million, respectively. A one percent change in the expected long-term rate of return would 
affect net income by approximately $4.7 million. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

We are exposed to market risk primarily related to interest rates, foreign exchange, and credit risk. It is our policy to monitor these 
exposures and to use derivative financial investments and/or insurance contracts from time to time to reduce fluctuations in earnings 
and  cash  flows  when  it  is  deemed  appropriate  to  do  so.  We  do  not  use  derivative  financial  instruments  for  trading  or  speculative 
purposes. 

Interest Rates: 

From time to time, we may use interest rate swaps, collars, or options to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. It is 
management’s intention that the notional amount of interest rate swaps be less than the variable rate loans outstanding during the life 
of the derivatives. 

The  information  set  forth  in  Note  14,  "Derivatives  Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities,"  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements under the caption "Interest Rate Contracts," is incorporated herein by reference. 

On  an  annual  basis,  a  hypothetical  one  percent  change  in  interest  rates  for  the  $128.8  million  of  unhedged  variable  rate  debt  as  of 
April 30, 2019 would affect net income and cash flow by approximately $1.0 million. 

Foreign Exchange Rates: 

Fluctuations in the currencies of countries where we operate outside the U.S. may have a significant impact on financial results. We 
are primarily exposed to movements in British pound sterling, euros, Canadian and Australian dollars, and certain currencies in Asia. 
The Statements of Financial Position of non-U.S. business units are translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates for 
assets and liabilities and the Statements of Income are translated into U.S. dollars using weighted-average exchange rates for revenues 
and expenses. The percentage of Consolidated Revenue for the year ended April 30, 2019 recognized in the following currencies (on 
an equivalent U.S. dollar basis) were approximately: 54% U.S dollar, 26% British pound sterling, 12% euro, and 8% other currencies. 

Our significant investments in non-U.S. businesses are exposed to foreign currency risk. Adjustments resulting from translating assets 
and liabilities are reported as a separate component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss within Shareholders’ Equity under the 
caption  Foreign  Currency  Translation  Adjustment. During  the  year  ended  April  30,  2019,  we  recorded  foreign  currency  translation 
losses  in  other  comprehensive  income  of  approximately  $60.5  million  primarily  as  a  result  of  the  fluctuations  of  the  U.S.  dollar 
relative to the British pound sterling and, to a lesser extent, the euro.  

Exchange rate gains or losses related to foreign currency transactions are recognized as transaction gains or losses on the Consolidated 
Statements  of  Income  as  incurred.  Under  certain  circumstances,  we  may  enter  into  derivative  financial  instruments  in  the  form  of 
foreign currency forward contracts to hedge against specific transactions, including intercompany purchases and loans. 

We may enter into forward exchange contracts to manage our exposure on certain foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities.  
As of April 30, 2019, and 2018, we did not maintain any open forward contracts.  

The  information  set  forth  in  Note  14,  "Derivatives  Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities,"  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements under the caption "Foreign Currency Contracts," is incorporated herein by reference. 

Customer Credit Risk: 

In the journal publishing business, subscriptions are primarily sourced through journal subscription agents who, acting as agents for 
library customers, facilitate ordering by consolidating the subscription orders/billings of each subscriber with various publishers. Cash 
is generally collected in advance from subscribers by the subscription agents and is principally remitted to us between the months of 
December  and  April.  Although  at  fiscal  year-end  we  had  minimal  credit  risk  exposure  to  these  agents,  future  calendar-year 
subscription receipts from these agents are highly dependent on their financial condition and liquidity. Subscription agents account for 
approximately 20% of total annual consolidated revenue and one affiliated group of subscription agents accounts for approximately 
10% of total annual consolidated revenue. 

Our book business is not dependent upon a single customer; however, the industry is concentrated in national, regional, and online 
bookstore  chains.  Although  no  one  book  customer  accounts  for  more  than  8%  of  total  consolidated  revenue  and  11%  of  accounts 
receivable  at  April  30,  2019,  the  top  10  book  customers  account  for  approximately  13%  of  total  consolidated  revenue  and 
approximately  21%  of  accounts  receivable  at  April  30,  2019.  We  maintain  approximately  $25  million  of  trade  credit  insurance, 
covering balances due from certain named customers, subject to certain limitations and annual renewal. 

42 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Disclosure of Certain Activities Relating to Iran: 

The  European  Union,  Canada  and  the  U.S.  have  imposed  sanctions  on  business  relationships  with  Iran,  including  restrictions  on 
financial  transactions  and  prohibitions  on  direct  and  indirect  trading  with  listed  “designated  persons.”  In  the  year  ended  April  30, 
2019, we recorded an immaterial amount of revenue and net earnings related to the sale of scientific and medical content to certain 
publicly funded universities, hospitals and institutions that meet the definition of the “Government of Iran” as defined under section 
560.304 of title 31, Code of Federal Regulations. We assessed our business relationship and transactions with Iran and believe we are 
in compliance with the regulations governing the sanctions. We intend to continue in these or similar sales as long as they continue to 
be consistent with all applicable sanction-related regulations. 

43 

 
 
 
 
Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

The following Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes are filed as part of this report. 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Financial Statements 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position - April 30, 2019 and 2018 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018, and 2017 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018, and 2017 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018, and 2017 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018, and 2017 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Note 1.    Description of Business 
Note 2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards 
Note 3.    Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers 
Note 4.    Acquisition 
Note 5.    Reconciliation of Weighted Average Shares Outstanding 
Note 6.    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 
Note 7.    Restructuring and Related Charges 
Note 8.    Inventories 
Note 9.    Product Development Assets 
Note 10.  Technology, Property, and Equipment 
Note 11.  Goodwill and Intangible Assets 
Note 12.  Income Taxes 
Note 13.  Debt and Available Credit Facilities 
Note 14.  Derivative Instruments and Activities 
Note 15.  Commitment and Contingencies 
Note 16.  Retirement Plans 
Note 17.  Stock-Based Compensation 
Note 18.  Capital Stock and Changes in Capital Accounts 
Note 19.  Segment Information 
Note 20.  Supplementary Quarterly Financial Information–Results By Quarter (Unaudited) 
Note 21.  Subsequent Events 

Financial Statement Schedule 

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018, and 2017 

49 
50 
51 
52 
54 

55 
55 
63 
69 
71 
71 
71 
72 
73 
73 
74 
76 
79 
79 
80 
81 
85 
87 
88 
90 
91 

97 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

To our Shareholders 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

The management of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control 
over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal 
control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control 
– Integrated Framework issued by COSO, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective 
as of April 30, 2019.  

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting: 

The  Company  acquired  Learning  House  during  fiscal  year  2019,  which  represented  approximately  1%  of  total  consolidated  assets, 
excluding goodwill and intangibles which are included within the scope of the assessment, and approximately 2% of total consolidated 
revenues of the Company as of and for the year ended April 30, 2019.  Learning House was excluded from the Company's assessment 
of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2019. 

We are in the process of implementing a new global enterprise resource planning system (“ERP”) that will enhance our business and 
financial processes and standardize our information systems. We have completed the implementation of record-to-report, purchase-to-
pay and several other business processes within all locations and will continue to roll out the ERP in phases over the next year. 

As with any new information system we implement, this application, along with the internal controls over financial reporting included 
in  this  process,  will  require  testing  for  effectiveness.  In  connection  with  this  ERP  implementation,  we  are  updating  our  internal 
controls over financial reporting, as necessary, to accommodate modifications to our business processes and accounting procedures. 
We do not believe that the ERP implementation will have an adverse effect on our internal control over financial reporting. 

Except as described above, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are 
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting during fiscal year 2019. 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2019 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent 
registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein. 

The Company’s Corporate Governance Principles, Committee Charters, Business Conduct and Ethics Policy and the Code of Ethics 
for  Senior  Financial  Officers  are  published  on  our  web  site  at  www.wiley.com  under  the  “About  Wiley—Corporate  Governance” 
captions.  Copies are also available free of charge to shareholders on request to the Corporate Secretary, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 111 
River Street, Hoboken, NJ 07030-5774. 

/s/ Brian A. Napack 
Brian A. Napack 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ John A. Kritzmacher 
John A. Kritzmacher 
Chief Financial Officer and 
Executive Vice President, Operations 

/s/ Christopher F. Caridi 
Christopher F. Caridi 
Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and 
Chief Accounting Officer 

July 1, 2019 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors  
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  of  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the 
Company) as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, 
and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  April  30,  2019,  and  the  related  notes  and  financial  statement 
schedule (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all 
material respects, the financial position of the Company as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash 
flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  April  30,  2019,  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States) 
(PCAOB),  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  April  30,  2019,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal 
Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our 
report  dated  July  1,  2019  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting. 

Change in Accounting Principle  

As  described  in  Note  2  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  has  elected  to  change  its  method  of  accounting  for 
certain  advertising  and  marketing  costs.  This  change  in  accounting  principle  has  been  retrospectively  applied  to  the  accompanying 
consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017.  

As  described  in  Note  2  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  has  changed  its  method  of  accounting  for  revenue 
recognition effective May 1, 2018 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers. 

Basis for Opinion 

These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an 
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB 
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to 
error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material  misstatement of the consolidated financial 
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, 
on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included 
evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002. 

New York, New York 
July 1, 2019 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

We have audited John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 
2019,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  In  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal 
control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States) 
(PCAOB),  the  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  of  the  Company  as  of  April  30,  2019  and  2018,  and  the  related 
consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year 
period  ended  April  30,  2019,  and  the  related  notes  and  financial  statement  schedule  (collectively,  the  consolidated  financial 
statements), and our report dated July 1, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. 

The Company acquired Learning House during fiscal year 2019, and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of 
the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  April  30,  2019,  Learning  House’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting associated with approximately 1% of total consolidated assets, excluding goodwill and intangibles which are included within 
the scope of the assessment, and approximately 2% of total consolidated revenues of the Company as of and for the year ended April 
30, 2019. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over 
financial reporting of Learning House. 

Basis for Opinion  

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of 
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report On Internal Control 
Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based 
on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the 
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 
Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, 
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control 
based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. 
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1) pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

New York, New York 
July 1, 2019 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION 
Dollars in thousands 

Assets:  
Current Assets  

Cash and cash equivalents  
Accounts receivable, net 
Inventories, net 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  

Total Current Assets  

Product Development Assets  
Royalty Advances, net 
Technology, Property and Equipment, net  
Intangible Assets, net 
Goodwill  
Other Non-Current Assets  

Total Assets  

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:  
Current Liabilities  

Accounts payable  
Accrued royalties 
Contract liability (Deferred revenue)  
Accrued employment costs  
Accrued income taxes  
Other accrued liabilities  

Total Current Liabilities  

Long-Term Debt  
Accrued Pension Liability  
Deferred Income Tax Liabilities  
Other Long-Term Liabilities  

Total Liabilities 

Shareholders’ Equity  

Preferred Stock, $1 par value: Authorized – 2 million, Issued – 0 
Class A Common Stock, $1 par value: Authorized – 180 million, Issued – 70,126,963 and 

70,110,603 as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively 

Class B Common Stock, $1 par value:  Authorized – 72 million, Issued – 13,054,707 and 

13,071,067 as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively 

Additional paid-in capital  
Retained earnings  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss):  
Foreign currency translation adjustment  
Unamortized retirement costs, net of tax  
Unrealized (loss) gain on interest rate swap, net of tax  

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax 
Less: Treasury Shares At Cost (Class A – 22,633,869 and 21,853,257 as of April 30, 2019 and 

2018, respectively, Class B – 3,917,574 and 3,917,574 of April 30, 2019 and 2018, 
respectively) 
Total Shareholders’ Equity  
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity  

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

49 

$ 

$ 

$ 

April 30, 

2019 

2018 

92,890   $ 
294,867     
35,582     
67,441     
490,780     

62,470     
36,185 
289,021     
865,572     
1,095,666     
97,308     
2,937,002   $ 

169,773
212,377
39,489
58,332
479,971

78,814
37,058
289,934
848,071
1,019,801
85,802
2,839,451

90,980   $ 
78,062 
507,365     
97,230     
21,025     
75,900     
870,562     

90,097
73,007
486,353
116,179
13,927
94,748
874,311

478,790     
166,331     
143,775     
96,197     

1,755,655 

360,000
190,301
143,518
80,764
1,648,894

—     

—

70,127     

70,111

13,055     
422,305     
1,931,074     

(312,107)     
(196,057)     
(574)     
(508,738)     

13,071
407,120
1,834,057

(251,573)
(191,026)
3,019
(439,580)

(746,476)     
1,181,347     
2,937,002   $ 

(694,222)
1,190,557
2,839,451

$ 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
     
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
Dollars in thousands, except per share data 

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2018 (1)(2) 

2019 

2017 (1)(2) 

Revenue, net 

$ 

1,800,069  $ 

1,796,103   $ 

1,718,530

Costs and Expenses  
Cost of sales (2) 
Operating and administrative expenses (1)(2) 
Restructuring and related charges  
Amortization of intangibles  
Total Costs and Expenses  

Operating Income  

Interest Expense  
Foreign Exchange Transaction (Losses) Gains  
Interest and Other Income (Expense) (1) 

Income Before Taxes  
Provision for Income Taxes  

Net Income  

Earnings Per Share  

Basic  
Diluted  

Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding 

Basic  
Diluted  

554,722    
963,582    
3,118    
54,658    
1,576,080    

531,024     
956,822     
28,566     
48,230     
1,564,642     

500,794
943,242
13,355
49,669
1,507,060

223,989    

231,461     

211,470

(16,121)    
(6,016)    
11,100    

(13,274)     
(12,819)     
8,563     

212,952    
44,689    

213,931     
21,745     

(16,938)
421
(3,837)

191,116
77,473

168,263  $ 

192,186   $ 

113,643

2.94  $ 
2.91  $ 

3.37   $ 
3.32   $ 

1.98
1.95

57,192    
57,840    

57,043     
57,888     

57,337
58,199

$ 

$ 
$ 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

(1)  Due to the retrospective adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2017-07, “Compensation—Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): 
Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost,”, total net benefits (costs) of $8.1 
million  and  $(5.3)  million  related  to  the  non-service  components  of  defined  benefit  and  other  post-employment  benefit  plans  were 
reclassified from Operating and Administrative Expenses to Interest and Other Income (Expense) for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 
2017, respectively. Total net benefits (costs) related to the non-service components of defined benefit and other post-employment benefit 
plans were $8.8 million for the year ended April 30, 2019. Refer to Note 2, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, 
and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards," in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information. 

(2)  In  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  The  Learning  House,  Inc.  (“Learning  House”),  we  changed  our  accounting  policy  for  certain 
advertising  and  marketing  costs  incurred  by  our  Education  Services  business  to  fulfill  performance  obligations  from  contracts  with 
educational institutions. Under the new accounting policy, these costs are included in Cost of Sales whereas they were previously included 
in Operating and Administrative Expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Including these expenses in Cost of Sales will better 
align these costs with the related revenue and conform with the presentation of such costs for Learning House. This change in accounting 
policy was applied retrospectively. 

The  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  for  the  years  ended  April  30,  2018,  and  2017  have  been  reclassified  to  reflect  this  change  in 
accounting  policy.  The  impact  of  this  reclassification  was  an  increase  to  Cost  of  Sales  and  a  corresponding  decrease  to  Operating  and 
Administrative  Expenses  of  $45.8  million  and  $40.0  million  for  the  years  ended  April  30,  2018,  and  2017,  respectively.  This 
reclassification had no impact on Revenue, net, Operating Income, Net Income, or Earnings per Share. Refer to “Change in Accounting 
Policy” in Note 2, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards," for more 
information  on  the  accounting  policy  change  and  Note  4,  “Acquisition,”  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  more 
information related to the acquisition of Learning House. 

50 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
     
  
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
  
  
  
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
  
  
  
  
    
     
  
  
    
     
  
    
     
  
  
    
     
  
    
     
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
Dollars in thousands 

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2018 

2019 

2017 

Net Income  

$ 

168,263   $ 

192,186   $ 

113,643

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income:  

Foreign currency translation adjustment  
Unrealized retirement costs, net of tax benefit of $1,337, $252, and $3,286, 

respectively 

Unrealized (loss) gain on interest rate swaps, net of tax benefit (expense) of 

$1,161, $(459), and $(1,709), respectively 

Total Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income  

(60,534)     

67,639     

(51,292)

(5,031)     

(524)     

(11,097)

(3,593)     
(69,158)     

592     
67,707     

2,788
(59,601)

Comprehensive Income  

$ 

99,105   $ 

259,893   $ 

54,042

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

51 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
 
 
 
 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
Dollars in thousands 

Operating Activities  
Net Income  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:  

$ 

168,263   $ 

192,186    $ 

113,643

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2018 

2017 

2019 

Amortization of intangibles  
Amortization of product development assets 
Depreciation and amortization of technology, property and equipment  
Restructuring charges  
Deferred income tax benefit on U.K. rate changes  
Stock-based compensation expense  
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation  
Employee retirement plan expense  
Royalty advances  
Earned royalty advances  
Impairment of publishing brand 
Foreign currency gains (losses) 
Unfavorable tax litigation 
One-time pension settlement  
Other non-cash credits 

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities  

Accounts receivable, net 
Inventories, net 
Accounts payable  
Accrued royalties 
Contract liability (Deferred revenue)  
Accrued income taxes 
Restructuring payments  
Other accrued liabilities  
Employee retirement plan contributions  
Other  

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities  

Investing Activities  

Product development spending  
Additions to technology, property and equipment  
Acquisitions of publication rights and other  
Businesses acquired in purchase transactions, net of cash acquired  
Proceeds from settlement of foreign exchange forward contracts  

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities  

Financing Activities  

Repayment of long-term debt  
Borrowing of long-term debt  
Purchase of treasury shares 
Change in book overdrafts  
Cash dividends  
Net proceeds from exercise of stock options and other  
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation  

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities  

Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash (1)   
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash (1) 

(Decrease)/Increase for year  
Balance at beginning of year  
Balance at end of year  
Cash Paid During the Year for  

Interest  

54,658     
37,079     
69,418     
3,118     
—     
18,327     
—     
5,236     
(129,949)     
129,125     
—   
6,016   
—     
—     
(11,934)     

(52,939)     
3,820     
7,369     
6,169   
18,106     
9,613     
(15,219)     
(32,713)     
(40,470)     
(2,262)     
250,831     

(24,426)     
(77,167)     
(9,494)   
(190,415)     
—     
(301,502)     

(476,246)     
596,320     
(59,994)     
(5,674)     
(75,752)     
3,751     
—     
(17,595)     
(8,443)     

48,230      
41,432      
64,327      
28,566      
—      
11,244      
—      
7,388      
(122,602)      
116,620      
3,600  
12,819  

—      
—      
(30,752)      

(14,209)      
13,517      
16,543      
3,664  
36,243      
(565)      
(30,595)      
1,022      
(27,550)      
11,194      
382,322      

(36,503)      
(114,225)      
(26,683)  

—      
—      
(177,411)      

(467,915)      
459,304      
(39,688)      
(4,191)      
(73,542)      
29,201      
—      
(96,831)      
3,661      

(76,709)     
170,257     
93,548     

111,741      
58,516      
170,257      

49,669
40,209
66,683
13,355
(2,575)
17,552
(414)
13,169
(112,370)
114,647
—
(421)
49,029
8,842
(6,450)

(29,886)
8,003
(24,182)
4,325
22,692
19,479
(22,854)
10,367
(39,687)
2,078
314,903

(43,603)
(105,058)
(28,842)
(125,924)
60,417
(243,010)

(923,007)
683,000
(50,326)
(214)
(71,545)
15,506
414
(346,172)
(31,011)

(305,290)
363,806
58,516

$ 

14,867   $ 

12,221    $ 

15,733

52 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
      
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
      
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
      
  
  
  
  
     
      
Income taxes, net of refunds 

$ 

48,264   $ 

48,709    $ 

33,674

Non-cash items: 
Non-cash items associated with the acquisition of Learning House: 

Warrants to purchase 0.4 million shares of Wiley Class A Common Stock issued in 
connection with the Learning House acquisition 

$ 

565   

—  

—

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

(1)   Due to the retrospective adoption of ASU 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash,” we are now required 
to  include restricted  cash  as part  of  the  change  in  cash,  cash equivalents,  and restricted  cash. As  a result,  amounts  which were 
previously classified as cash flows from operating activities have been reclassified as they are recognized in the total change in 
cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash. Refer to Note 2, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and 
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards," in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information. 

53 

 
 
   
  
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Dollars in thousands 

Common 
Stock 
Class A 

Common 
Stock 
Class B 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings  

Treasury 
Stock 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss 

Total 
Shareholder’s 
Equity 

Balance at April 30, 2016 

$ 

69,798 $ 

13,392  $ 

368,698  $1,673,325 $(640,421) $ 

(447,686) $ 

1,037,106

Restricted Shares Issued under Stock-

based Compensation Plans  

Net (Payments)/Proceeds from Exercise 

of Stock Options and Other  

Excess Tax Benefits from Stock-based 

Compensation  

Stock-based Compensation Expense  
Purchase of Treasury Shares  
Class A Common Stock Dividends ($1.24 

per share) 

Class B Common Stock Dividends ($1.24 

per share) 

Common Stock Class Conversions  
Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of 

Tax   

Balance at April 30, 2017  

Restricted Shares Issued under Stock-

based Compensation Plans  

Net Proceeds from Exercise of Stock 

Options and Other  

Stock-based Compensation Expense  
Purchase of Treasury Shares  
Class A Common Stock Dividends ($1.28 

per share)  

Class B Common Stock Dividends ($1.28 

per share) 

Common Stock Class Conversions  
Comprehensive Income, Net of Tax 
Balance at April 30, 2018  

$ 

Restricted Shares Issued under Stock-

based Compensation Plans  

Net Proceeds from Exercise of Stock 

Options and Other  

Stock-based Compensation Expense  
Purchase of Treasury Shares  
Class A Common Stock Dividends ($1.32 

per share) 

Class B Common Stock Dividends ($1.32 

per share) 

Common Stock Class Conversions  
Issuance of Warrants Related to 

Acquisition of a Business 

Adjustment Due to Adoption of New 

Revenue Standard 

Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of 

Tax 

Balance at April 30, 2019  

—   

—   

—   
—   
—   

—   

—    

—    

—    
—    
—    

—    

—   
288  

—    
(296)   

(7,617)    

—   

8,013   

8,849    

—   

6,657   

414    
17,552    
—    

—   
—   
—   
—   
—    (50,326)   

—     (60,143)   

—     (11,402)   
—  
—   

—   

—   
—  

—   

—   

—   
—   
—   

—   

—   
—  

396

15,506

414
17,552
(50,326)

(60,143)

(11,402)
(8)

—   
70,086 $ 

—    
13,096  $ 

—     113,643   

—   
387,896  $1,715,423 $(676,077) $ 

$ 

(59,601)   
(507,287) $ 

54,042
1,003,137

—   

—   
—   
—   

—   

—    

—    
—    
—    

—    

(7,646)    

(10)   

7,968   

15,686    
11,184    
—    

—   
13,515   
60   
—   
—    (39,688)   

—     (61,813)   

—   

—   

—   
—   
—   

—   

—   
25   
—   
70,111 $ 

—    
(25)    
—    
13,071  $ 

—     (11,729)   
—    
—   
—     192,186   

—   
—   
—   
407,120  $1,834,057 $(694,222) $ 

—   
—   
67,707   
(439,580) $ 

—   

—   
—   
—   

—   

—   
16   

—  

—  

—    

—    
—    
—    

—    

—    
(16)    

—   

—   

(8,544)    

3   

8,826   

4,837    
18,327    
—    

(1,086)   
—   
—   
—   
—    (59,994)   

—     (63,684)   

—     (12,068)   
—   
—    

565   

—  

—   

4,503  

—   

—   
—   

—  

—  

—   

—   
—   
—   

—   

—   
—   

—  

—  

312

29,201
11,244
(39,688)

(61,813)

(11,729)
—
259,893
1,190,557

285

3,751
18,327
(59,994)

(63,684)

(12,068)
—

565

4,503

—   
70,127 $ 

—    
13,055  $ 

—     168,263   

—   
422,305  $1,931,074 $(746,476) $ 

$ 

(69,158)   
(508,738) $ 

99,105
1,181,347

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

54 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
      
      
     
     
      
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
     
      
      
     
     
      
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
      
      
     
     
      
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
Note 1 – Description of Business 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The Company, founded in 1807, was incorporated in the state of New York on January 15, 1904. Throughout this report, when we 
refer to “Wiley,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us,” we are referring to John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and all of our subsidiaries, except 
where the context indicates otherwise. 

We  are  a  global  research  and  learning  company.  Through  our  Research  segment,  we  provide  scientific,  technical,  medical,  and 
scholarly  journals,  as  well  as  related  content  and  services,  to  academic,  corporate,  and  government  libraries,  learned  societies,  and 
individual  researchers  and  other  professionals. The  Publishing  segment  provides  scientific,  professional,  and  education  books  and 
related content in print and digital formats, as well as test preparation services and course workflow tools, to libraries, corporations, 
students,  professionals,  and  researchers. The  Solutions  segment  provides  online  program  management  services  for  higher  education 
institutions  and  learning,  development,  and  assessment  services  for  businesses  and  professionals.  We  have  operations  primarily 
located in the United States, United Kingdom (“U.K.”), Germany, Russia, Singapore, and France. 

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Basis of Presentation:  

Our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  include  all  of  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  our  subsidiaries.  We  have  eliminated  all 
intercompany transactions and balances in consolidation. All amounts are in thousands, except per share amounts, and approximate 
due to rounding. 

Change in Accounting Policy: 

In  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  Learning  House  (See  Note  4,  “Acquisition”),  we  changed  our  accounting  policy  for  certain 
advertising  and  marketing  costs  incurred  by  our  Education  Services  business  to  fulfill  performance  obligations  from  contracts  with 
educational  institutions.  Under  the  new  accounting  policy,  these  costs  are  included  in  Cost  of  Sales  whereas  they  were  previously 
included in Operating and Administrative Expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Including these expenses in Cost of 
Sales will better align these costs with the related revenue and conform with the presentation of such costs for Learning House. This 
change in accounting policy was applied retrospectively. 

The Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017 have been reclassified to reflect this change in 
accounting policy. The impact of this reclassification was an increase to Cost of Sales and a corresponding decrease to Operating and 
Administrative  Expenses  of  $45.8  million  and  $40.0  million  for  the  years  ended  April  30,  2018  and  2017,  respectively.  This 
reclassification had no impact on Revenue, net, Operating Income, Net Income, or Earnings per Share on the Consolidated Statements 
of Income. 

Reclassifications: 

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. 

Use of Estimates:  

The  preparation  of  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  related  disclosures  in  conformity  with  U.S.  GAAP  requires  our 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent 
assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates 
include, among other items, revenue recognition, sales return reserves, allocation of acquisition purchase price to assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, intangible assets with finite lives and other long-lived assets, and 
retirement plans.  We review these estimates and assumptions periodically using historical experience and other factors and reflect the 
effects of any revisions on the Consolidated Financial Statements in the period we determine any revisions to be necessary. Actual 
results could differ from those estimates, which could affect the reported results. 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Book Overdrafts:  

Under our cash management system, a book overdraft balance exists for our primary disbursement accounts. This overdraft represents 
uncleared checks in excess of cash balances in individual bank accounts. Our funds are transferred from other existing bank account 
balances or from lines of credit as needed to fund checks presented for payment. As of April 30, 2019 and 2018, book overdrafts of 
$7.4 million and $13.1 million, respectively, were included in Accounts Payable on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. 

Revenue Recognition:  

See Note 3, “Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our 
revenue recognition policy. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents:  

Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase 
and are stated at cost, which approximates market value, because of the short-term maturity of the instruments. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:  

The estimated allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a review of the aging of the accounts receivable balances, historical write-
off experience, credit evaluations of customers, and current market conditions. A change in the evaluation of a customer’s credit could 
affect  the  estimated  allowance.  The  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  shown  as  a  reduction  of  Accounts  Receivable,  net  on  the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  and  amounted  to  $14.3  million  and  $10.1  million  as  of  April  30,  2019  and  2018, 
respectively. 

Sales Return Reserves:  

The process that we use to determine our sales returns and the related reserve provision charged against revenue is based on applying 
an  estimated  return  rate  to  current  year  returnable  print  book  sales.  This  rate  is  based  upon  an  analysis  of  actual  historical  return 
experience  in  the  various  markets  and  geographic  regions  in  which  we  do  business.  We  collect,  maintain  and  analyze  significant 
amounts  of  sales  returns  data  for  large  volumes  of  homogeneous  transactions.  This  allows  us  to  make  reasonable  estimates  of  the 
amount of future returns. All available data is utilized to identify the returns by market and to which fiscal year the sales returns apply. 
This enables management to track the returns in detail and identify and react to trends occurring in the marketplace, with the objective 
of  being  able  to  make  the  most  informed  judgments  possible  in  setting  reserve  rates.  Associated  with  the  estimated  sales  return 
reserves, we also include a related increase to inventory and a reduction to accrued royalties as a result of the expected returns. Print 
book  sales  return  reserves  amounted  to  a  net  liability  balance  of  $18.5  million  and  $18.6  million  as  of  April  30,  2019  and  2018, 
respectively. 

The reserves are reflected in the following accounts of the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position – increase (decrease): 

Accounts receivable, net (1) 
Inventories, net  
Accrued royalties  
Contract liability (Deferred revenue) (1) 
Decrease in Net Assets  

2019 

2018 

—  $ 
3,739  $ 
(3,653)  $ 
25,934  $ 
(18,542)  $ 

(28,302)
4,626
(5,048)
—
(18,628)

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

(1) Due to the adoption of the new revenue standard, See Note 3, Revenue from Contracts with Customers the sales return reserve as of 
April 30, 2019 of $25.9 million is recorded in Contract Liability (Deferred Revenue). In prior periods, the sales return reserve of $28.3 
million was recorded as a reduction to Accounts Receivable, net on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. 

Inventories:  

Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market. U.S. book inventories aggregating $21.0 million and $24.0 million at April 30, 
2019 and 2018, respectively, are valued using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method. All other inventories are valued using the first-in, 
first-out (FIFO) method. 

Reserve for Inventory Obsolescence:  

A  reserve  for  inventory  obsolescence  is  estimated  based  on  a  review  of  damaged,  obsolete,  or  otherwise  unsalable  inventory.  The 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
review encompasses historical unit sales trends by title, current market conditions, including estimates of customer demand compared 
to  the  number  of  units  currently  on  hand,  and  publication  revision  cycles.  The  inventory  obsolescence  reserve  is  reported  as  a 
reduction  of  the  Inventories,  net  balance  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  and  amounted  to  $15.8  million  and 
$18.2 million as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Product Development Assets:   

Product development assets consist of book composition costs and other product development costs. Costs associated with developing 
a book publication are expensed until the product is determined to be commercially viable. Book composition costs represent the costs 
incurred to bring an edited commercial manuscript to publication, which include typesetting, proofreading, design, illustration costs, 
and  digital  formatting.  Book  composition  costs  are  capitalized  and  are  generally  amortized  on  a  double-declining  basis  over  their 
estimated useful lives, ranging from 1 to 3 years. Other product development costs represent the costs incurred in developing software, 
platforms, and digital content to be sold and licensed to third parties. Other product development costs are capitalized and generally 
amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. As of April 30, 2019, the weighted average estimated useful life of 
other product development costs was approximately 5 years. 

Royalty Advances: 

Royalty  advances  are  capitalized  and,  upon  publication,  are  expensed  as  royalties  earned  based  on  sales  of  the  published  works. 
Royalty advances are reviewed for recoverability and a reserve for loss is maintained, if appropriate.  

Shipping and Handling Costs:  

Costs  incurred  for  third  party  shipping  and  handling  are  primarily  reflected  in  Operating  and  Administrative  Expenses  on  the 
Consolidated Statements of Income. We incurred $32.7 million, $33.7 million, and $39.1 million in shipping and handling costs in the 
years ended April 30, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. 

Advertising Expense:  

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. We incurred $89.5 million, $68.3 million, and $61.4 million in advertising costs in the 
years  ended  April  30,  2019,  2018,  and  2017,  respectively,  and  these  costs  are  included  in  Cost  of  Sales  and  Operating  and 
Administrative  Expenses  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income.  Advertising  costs  of  $53.7  million,  $38.3  million,  and  $32.4 
million were included in Cost of Sales in the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. Advertising costs of $35.8 
million, $30.0 million, and $29.0 million were included in Operating and Administrative Expenses in the years ended April 30, 2019, 
2018,  and  2017,  respectively.  Refer  to  the  section  above  “Change  in  Accounting  Policy”  for  more  information  regarding  the 
reclassification  of  certain  advertising  and  marketing  costs  incurred  by  our  Education  Services  business  to  fulfill  performance 
obligations from contracts with educational institutions. 

Technology, Property, and Equipment:  

Technology, property, and equipment is recorded at cost. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and 
repairs are expensed as incurred. 

Technology, property  and  equipment  is depreciated using the  straight-line  method  based upon  the  following  estimated useful  lives: 
Computer Software – 3 to 10 years, Computer Hardware – 3 to 5 years; Buildings and Leasehold Improvements – the lesser of the 
estimated useful life of the asset up to 40 years or the duration of the lease; Furniture, Fixtures, and Warehouse Equipment – 5 to 10 
years. 

Costs  incurred  for  computer  software  internally  developed  or  obtained  for  internal  use  are  capitalized  during  the  application 
development stage and expensed as incurred during the preliminary project and post-implementation stages. Costs incurred during the 
application  development  stage  include  costs  of  materials  and  services  and  payroll  and  payroll-related  costs  for  employees  who  are 
directly associated with the software project. Such costs are amortized over the expected useful life of the related software, which is 
generally 3 to 5 years. Costs related to the investment in our Enterprise Resource Planning and related systems are amortized over an 
expected useful life of 10 years. Maintenance, training, and upgrade costs that do not result in additional functionality are expensed as 
incurred. 

Allocation of Acquisition Purchase Price to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed:  

In connection with acquisitions, we allocate the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on the 
estimates  of  fair  value  for  such  items,  including  intangible  assets  and  technology  acquired.  Such  estimates  include  discounted 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
estimated cash flows to be generated by those assets and the expected useful lives based on historical experience and current market 
trends to be achieved from the acquisition and the expected tax basis of assets acquired. We may use a third-party valuation consultant 
to assist in the determination of such estimates. 

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets:  

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the following: (1) consideration transferred, (2) the fair value of any noncontrolling 
interest in the acquiree, and (3) if the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition-date fair value of our previously held 
equity  interest  in  the  acquiree  over  the  net  of  the  acquisition-date  amounts  of  the  identifiable  assets  acquired  and  the  liabilities 
assumed. 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets primarily consist of brands, trademarks, content, and publishing rights and are typically characterized 
by  intellectual  property  with  a  long  and  well-established  revenue  stream  resulting  from  strong  and  well-established  imprint/brand 
recognition in the market. 

We  use  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting  for  all  business  combinations  and  do  not  amortize  goodwill  or  intangible  assets  with 
indefinite useful lives. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for possible impairment annually during 
the  fourth  quarter  of  each  fiscal  year,  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  asset  might  be 
impaired. 

Intangible Assets with Finite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets:  

Finite-lived  intangible  assets  principally  consist  of  brands,  trademarks,  content  and  publication  rights,  customer  relationships,  and 
non-compete agreements and are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The most significant factors in determining the estimated 
lives  of  these  intangibles  are  the  history  and  longevity  of  the  brands,  trademarks,  and  content  and  publication  rights  acquired 
combined with the strength of cash flows. 

Intangible  assets  with  finite  lives  as  of  April  30,  2019,  are  amortized  on  a  straight  line  basis  over  the  following  weighted  average 
estimated useful lives: content and publishing rights – 34 years, customer relationships – 18 years, brands and trademarks – 16 years, 
non-compete agreements – 3 years. 

Assets with finite lives are evaluated for impairment upon a significant change in the operating or macroeconomic environment. In 
these circumstances, if an evaluation of the projected undiscounted cash flows indicates impairment, the asset is written down to its 
estimated fair value based on the discounted future cash flows. 

Derivative Financial Instruments:  

From time to time, we enter into foreign exchange forward and interest rate swap contracts as a hedge against foreign currency asset 
and  liability  commitments,  changes  in  interest  rates,  and  anticipated  transaction  exposures,  including  intercompany  purchases.  All 
derivatives are recognized as assets or liabilities and measured at fair value.  Derivatives that are not determined to be effective hedges 
are adjusted to fair value with a corresponding adjustment to earnings. We do not use financial instruments for trading or speculative 
purposes. 

Foreign Currency Gains/Losses:  

We  maintain  operations  in  many  non-U.S.  locations.  Assets  and  liabilities  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  using  end-of-period 
exchange rates and revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars using weighted average rates. Our significant investments in 
non-U.S.  businesses  are  exposed  to  foreign  currency  risk.  Foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  are  reported  as  a  separate 
component  of  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Loss  within  Shareholders’  Equity.  During  the  year  ended  April  30,  2019,  we 
recorded $60.5 million of foreign currency translation losses primarily as a result of the fluctuations of the U.S. dollar relative to the 
British pound sterling and, to a lesser extent, the euro. Foreign currency transaction gains or losses are recognized on the Consolidated 
Statements of Income as incurred. 

Stock-Based Compensation:  

We recognize stock-based compensation expense based on the fair value of the stock-based awards on the grant date, reduced by an 
estimate for future forfeited awards. As such, stock-based compensation expense is only recognized for those awards that are expected 
to ultimately vest. The fair value of stock-based awards is recognized in net income generally on a straight-line basis over the requisite 
service  period.  The  grant  date  fair  value  for  stock  options  is  estimated  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model.  The 
determination of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model required us to make judgments and estimates, which include the 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
expected life of an option, the expected volatility of our Common Stock over the estimated life of the option, a risk-free interest rate, 
and the expected dividend yield. Judgment was also required in estimating the amount of stock-based awards that may be forfeited. 
Stock-based  compensation  expense  associated  with  performance-based  stock  awards  is  based  on  actual  financial  results  for  targets 
established  three  years  in  advance.  The  cumulative  effect  on  current  and  prior  periods  of  a  change  in  the  estimated  number  of 
performance  share  awards,  or  estimated  forfeiture  rate,  is  recognized  as  an  adjustment  to  earnings  in  the  period  of  the  revision.  If 
actual results differ significantly from estimates, our stock-based compensation expense and consolidated results of operations could 
be impacted. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards 

Stock Compensation – Scope of Modification Accounting 

In  May  2017,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  2017-09, 
“Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting,” which clarifies when changes to the terms or 
conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting. Under the new guidance, modification 
accounting  is  only  required  if  the  fair  value,  vesting  conditions  or  classification  (equity  or  liability)  of  the  new  award  are  different 
from the original award immediately before the original award is modified. We adopted ASU 2017-09 on May 1, 2018 and there was 
no impact to our consolidated financial statements. The new guidance must be applied prospectively to awards modified on or after 
the adoption date. The future impact of ASU 2017-09 will be dependent on the nature of future stock award modifications. 

Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost 

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-07, “Compensation—Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net 
Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost.” The guidance requires that the service cost component of net 
pension and postretirement benefit costs be reported in the same line item as other compensation costs arising from services rendered 
by the pertinent employees during the period, while the other components of net benefit costs must be reported separately from the 
service  cost  component  and  below  operating  income.  The  guidance  also  allows  only  the  service  cost  component  to  be  eligible  for 
capitalization when applicable. We adopted ASU 2017-07 on May 1, 2018. The new guidance must be applied retrospectively for the 
presentation of net benefit costs in the income statement and prospectively for the capitalization of the service cost component of net 
benefit costs. 

The  effect  of  retrospectively  adopting  this  guidance  resulted  in  a  reclassification  of  net  benefits  (costs)  of  $8.1  million  and  $(5.3) 
million  from  Operating  and  Administrative  Expenses  to  Interest  and  Other  Income  (Expense)  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Income for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The amount included in Interest and Other Income (Expense) on 
the Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended April 30, 2019 was a net benefit of $8.8 million. We do not capitalize any 
service costs. 

Business Combinations: Clarifying the Definition of a Business 

In  January  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2017-01,  “Business  Combinations  (Topic  805):  Clarifying  the  Definition  of  a  Business”, 
which  clarifies  the  definition  of  a  business  in  order  to  allow  for  the  evaluation  of  whether  transactions  should  be  accounted  for  as 
acquisitions or disposals of assets or business. We adopted ASU 2017-01 on May 1, 2018 and the adoption had no impact for us in 
fiscal year 2019. The future impact of ASU 2017-01 will be dependent upon the nature of future acquisitions or dispositions made by 
us. 

Statement of Cash Flows: Restricted Cash 

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash.” ASU 2016-18 requires 
that entities include restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents with cash and cash equivalents in the beginning-of-period and end-
of-period total amounts shown on the Statement of Cash Flows. We adopted ASU 2016-18 on May 1, 2018. Retrospective transition 
method is to be applied to each period presented. As a result of this retrospective adoption, the reclassification of restricted cash into a 
change  in  total  cash  resulted  in  a  reduction  in  Cash  Provided  By  Operating  Activities  of  $0.5  million  for  the  year  ended  April  30, 
2018. There was no impact for the year ended April 30, 2017. 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the Consolidated Statements 
of Financial Position that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash included in Prepaid expenses and other current 
assets 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash shown in the 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

$

$

92,890  $

169,773  $

58,516 $

363,806

658 

484  

—

—

93,548  $

170,257  $

58,516 $

363,806

April 30, 2019 April 30, 2018   April 30, 2017    April 30, 2016 

Income taxes: Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory 

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory”, 
which simplifies the accounting for the income tax consequences of intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory. Current U.S. 
GAAP prohibits the recognition of current and deferred income taxes for an intra-entity asset transfer until the asset has been sold to 
an outside party. The new guidance states that an entity should recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an 
asset  other  than  inventory  when  the  transfer  occurs.  Consequently,  the  amendments  in  this  Standard  eliminate  the  exception  for  an 
intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory. We adopted ASU 2016-16 on May 1, 2018. The adoption of ASU 2016-16 did 
not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements. 

Statement of Cash Flows: Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and 
Cash Payments,” which provides clarification on classifying a variety of activities within the Statement of Cash Flows. We adopted 
ASU 2016-15 on May 1, 2018. The adoption of ASU 2016-15 did not have a material impact to our consolidated statements of cash 
flows. 

Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities 

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, “Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement 
of  Financial  Assets  and  Financial  Liabilities.”  Subsequently,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-03,  “Technical  Corrections  and 
Improvements to Financial Instruments-Overall.”  ASU 2016-01 requires equity investments except those under the equity method of 
accounting  to  be  measured  at  fair  value  with  the  changes  in  fair  value  recognized  in  net  income.  The  amendment  simplifies  the 
impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify 
impairment.  In  addition,  it  also  requires  enhanced  disclosures  about  investments.  We  adopted  ASU  2016-01  on  May  1,  2018.  The 
adoption of ASU 2016- 01 did not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements. 

Revenue from Contracts with Customers 

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2014-09,  "Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers,"  (Topic  606)  which  superseded  most 
existing revenue recognition guidance. We adopted ASU 2014-09 on May 1, 2018. The standard allows for either "full retrospective" 
adoption,  meaning  the  standard  is  applied  to  all  periods  presented,  or  "modified  retrospective"  adoption,  meaning  the  standard  is 
applied only to the most current period presented in the financial statements. Subsequently, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, "Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) – Principal versus Agent Considerations", ASU 2016-10, "Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers  (Topic  606)  –  Identifying  Performance  Obligations  and  Licensing",  ASU  2016-12,  "Revenue  from  Contracts  with 
Customers  (Topic  606)  –  Narrow  Scope  Improvements  and  Practical  Expedients",  and  ASU  2016-20,  "Technical  Corrections  and 
Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers," which provide clarification and additional guidance related to 
ASU 2014-09. We also adopted ASU 2016-08, ASU 2016-10, ASU 2016-12, and ASU 2016-20 with ASU 2014-09 (collectively, the 
“new revenue standard”) on May 1, 2018. 

We utilized a comprehensive approach to assess the impact of the new revenue standard on our contract portfolio by reviewing our 
current  accounting  policies  and  practices  to  identify  differences  that  would  result  from  applying  the  new  revenue  standard  to  our 
revenue  contracts.  Additionally,  we  reviewed  customer  agreements  representative  of  our  business  models  and  assessed  whether 
changes in revenue recognition were appropriate under the new revenue standard. 

We adopted the new revenue standard as of May 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective method. The adoption of the new revenue 
standard did not have a material impact to our consolidated revenues, financial position, or results of operations. Upon adoption, we 
recorded an immaterial net increase to opening retained earnings resulting from the change in timing of when certain components of 
our revenue are recognized as required under the new revenue standard as compared to historical policies. Such changes include: 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(i)  perpetual licenses granted in connection with other deliverables; revenue that was previously recognized over the life of the
associated subscription for future content is now recognized at a point in time, which is when access to content is initially
granted, 

(ii)  customers’ unexercised rights; revenue which was previously recognized at the end of a pre-determined period for situations
where  we  have  received  a  nonrefundable  payment  for  a  customer  to  receive  a  good  or  service  and  the  customer  has  not
exercised such right is now recognized as revenue in proportion to the pattern of rights exercised by the customer, 

(iii)  recognition of estimated revenue from royalty agreements in the period of usage, and 
(iv)  recognition  of  revenue  for  certain  arrangements  with  minimum  guarantees  on  a  time-based  (straight-line)  basis  due  to  a 

stand-ready obligation to provide additional rights to content. 

The adoption of the new revenue standard resulted in the discontinuance of the historical practice of presenting accounts receivable 
and deferred revenue balances on a net basis for some of our subscription licensing agreements where we have invoiced a customer in 
advance of the related revenue being recognized and payment has not yet been received. As of April 30, 2018, the amounts that were 
previously  netted  down from  accounts  receivable  and deferred  revenue were $59.5  million.  The  current  policy  for our  subscription 
licensing agreements is to record accounts receivable when performance occurs and recognize contract liabilities, at the earlier of cash 
payment being received or the invoice is sent. 

In addition, the adoption of the new revenue standard resulted in the reclassification of the sales return reserve provision to Contract 
Liability (Deferred Revenue) from Accounts Receivable, Net on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. As of April 30, 
2019 and 2018 the amount was $25.9 million and $28.3 million, respectively. 

The impact of the adoption of the new revenue standard was not material to our Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended 
April 30, 2019; therefore, we have omitted the disclosure that summarizes the effect of the revenue recognition standard by line item 
on our Consolidated Statements of Income. The impact to the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position was also not material by 
line item, except for the reclassification of the sales return reserve provision to contract liability from accounts receivable, net. The 
cumulative effect of the changes made to our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at May 1, 2018 as a result of adoption of 
the new revenue standard using the modified retrospective method were as follows: 

Assets 

Accounts receivable, net 
Product development assets 
Technology, property and equipment, net 
Other non-current assets 

Liabilities 

Accrued royalties 
Contract liability (Deferred revenue) 
Deferred income tax liabilities 

Retained earnings 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards 

April 30, 
2018 

Adjustments 
due to 
Adoption 

May 1, 
2018 

$ 

212,377 $ 
78,814   
289,934   
85,802   

93,349 $ 
(3,725)   
(361)   
5,274   

305,726
75,089
289,573
91,076

73,007   
486,353   
143,518   
$  1,834,057 $ 

72,276
(731)   
575,717
89,364   
1,400   
144,918
4,503 $  1,838,560

Intangibles-Goodwill  and  Other-Internal-Use  Software:  Customer’s  Accounting  for  Implementation  Costs  Incurred  in  a  Cloud 
Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract 

In  August  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-15,  “Intangibles-Goodwill  and  Other-Internal-Use  Software  (Subtopic  350-40): 
Customer’s  Accounting  for  Implementation  Costs  Incurred  in  a  Cloud  Computing  Arrangement  That  is  a  Service  Contract.”  ASU 
2018-15 aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with 
the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. The standard is effective 
for  us  on  May  1,  2020,  and  interim  periods  within  that  fiscal  year,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  We  are  currently  assessing  the 
impact the new guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements. 

Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14, “Compensation-Retirement Benefits-Defined Benefit Plans-General (Subtopic 715-
20):  Disclosure  Framework-Changes  to  the  Disclosure  Requirements  for  Defined  Benefit  Plans.”  ASU  2018-14  removes  certain 
disclosures that are not considered cost beneficial, clarifies certain required disclosures and added additional disclosures. The standard 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
is effective for us on May 1, 2021, with early adoption permitted. The amendments in ASU 2018-14 would need to be applied on a 
retrospective basis.  We are currently assessing the impact the new guidance will have on our disclosures. 

Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement 

In  August  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-13,  “Fair  Value  Measurement  (Topic  820):  Disclosure  Framework-Changes  to  the 
Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement.” ASU 2018-13 removes certain disclosures, modifies certain disclosures and 
added additional disclosures. The standard is effective for us on May 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted. Certain disclosures in 
ASU  2018-13  would  need  to  be  applied  on  a  retrospective  basis  and  others  on  a  prospective  basis.  We  are  currently  assessing  the 
impact the new guidance will have on our disclosures. 

Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income 

In  February  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-02  “Income  Statement—Reporting  Comprehensive  Income  (Topic  220): 
Reclassification  of  Certain  Tax  Effects  from  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income,”  which  allows  a  reclassification  from 
accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The 
standard is effective for us on May 1, 2019, and interim periods within that fiscal year, with early adoption permitted. We adopted 
ASU 2018-02 on May 1, 2019. We did not elect to reclassify the income tax effects from comprehensive income to retained earnings 
for  the  stranded  tax  effects  resulting  from  the  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs  Act.  Our  policy  for  releasing  the  income  tax  effects  from 
accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  is  when  the  corresponding  pretax  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  items  are 
reclassified to earnings. 

Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities 

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for 
Hedging Activities,” to simplify and improve the application and financial reporting of hedge accounting. Subsequently, in November 
2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-16,  “Derivatives  and  Hedging  (Topic  815):  Inclusion  of  the  Secured  Overnight  Financing  Rate 
(SOFR) Overnight Index Swap (OIS) Rate as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes”.  In April 2019, the FASB 
issued ASU 2019-04,  “Codification  Improvements  to Topic 326,  Financial  Instruments—Credit  Losses,  Topic 815,  Derivatives  and 
Hedging,  and  Topic  825,  Financial  Instruments.”  ASU  2017-12 eases  the  requirements  for  measuring  and  reporting  hedge 
ineffectiveness and clarifies that changes in the fair value of hedging instruments for cash flow, net investment, and fair value hedges 
should  be  reflected  in  the  same  income  statement  line  item  as  the  earnings  effect  of  the  hedged  item.  The  guidance  also  permits 
entities to designate specific components in cash flow and interest rate hedges as the hedged risk, instead of using total cash flows. 
ASU 2018-16 allows the use of the OIS rate based on the SOFR as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes. 
These ASUs are effective for us on May 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. We adopted ASU 2017-12, 2018-16 and 2019-04, for 
those portions related to ASU 2017-02, on May 1, 2019 and there was no impact to our consolidated financial statements at the date of 
adoption. The future impact will depend upon any future hedging activities we may enter into. 

Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles–Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): “Simplifying the Test for Goodwill 
Impairment”, which simplifies the measurement of a potential goodwill impairment charge by eliminating the requirement to calculate 
an  implied  fair  value  of  the  goodwill  based  on  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit’s  other  assets  and  liabilities.  The  new  guidance 
eliminates the implied fair value method and instead measures a potential impairment charge based on the excess of a reporting unit’s 
carrying  value  compared  to  its  fair  value.  The  impairment  charge  cannot  exceed  the  total  amount  of  goodwill  allocated  to  that 
reporting  unit.  The  standard  is  effective  for  us  on  May  1,  2020,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  Based  on  our  most  recent  annual 
goodwill impairment test completed in the year ended April 30, 2019, we expect no initial impact on adoption. 

Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on 
Financial Instruments.” Subsequently, in May 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-05 - "Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 
326): Targeted Transition Relief”, in April 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-04, “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial 
Instruments—Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments,” and in November 2018, the 
FASB issued ASU 2018-19, “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses”.  ASU 2016-13 requires 
entities to measure all expected credit losses for most financial assets held at the reporting date based on an expected loss model which 
includes  historical  experience,  current  conditions,  and  reasonable  and  supportable  forecasts.  Entities  will  now  use  forward-looking 
information  to  better  form  their  credit  loss  estimates.  ASU  2016-13  also  requires  enhanced  disclosures  to  help  financial  statement 
users  better  understand  significant  estimates  and  judgments  used  in  estimating  credit  losses,  as  well  as  the  credit  quality  and 
underwriting standards of an entity’s portfolio. ASU 2016-13, ASU 2019-05, ASU 2019-04 and ASU 2018-19 are effective for us on 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
May  1,  2020,  including  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  periods,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  We  are  currently  assessing  the 
impact the new guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements. 

Leases 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, "Leases (Topic 842)”. Subsequently, the FASB issued in March 2019, ASU 2019-
01,  “Leases  (Topic  842):  Codification  Improvements”,  in  December  2018  ASU  2018-20,  “Leases  (Topic  842):  Narrow  Scope 
Improvements  for  Lessors”, and  in  July  2018  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-11,  “Leases  (Topic  842):  Targeted  Improvements”  and 
ASU 2018-10, “Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases”.  ASU 2016-02 requires an entity to recognize a right-of-use asset 
(“ROU”)  and  lease  liability  for  all  leases  with  terms  of  more  than  12  months  and  provide  enhanced  disclosures.  Recognition, 
measurement, and presentation of expenses will depend on classification as a finance or operating lease. Similar modifications have 
been made to lessor accounting in-line with revenue recognition guidance. 

The new standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. We expect to elect the practical expedients to forgo 
a reassessment of (1) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (2) the lease classification for any expired or 
existing  leases,  and  (3)  initial  direct  costs.   We  do  not  expect  to  elect  the  practical  expedient  allowing  the  use-of-hindsight  which 
would require us to reassess the lease term of our leases based on all facts and circumstances through the effective date.  In addition, 
we do not expect to elect the practical expedient pertaining to land easements. 

In addition, the new standard provides as a practical expedient, certain policy elections for ongoing lease accounting to (i) not separate 
nonlease components from the associated lease component if certain conditions are met, and (ii) not recognize ROU assets and lease 
liabilities for leases that qualify as short-term. If the short-term recognition exemption is elected, we will not recognize ROU assets or 
lease liabilities for existing short-term leases in transition. We expect to elect these policy elections. 

The  standard  is  effective  for  us  on  May  1,  2019,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  A  modified  retrospective  transition  approach  is 
required, applying the new standard to all leases existing at the date of initial application. A company may choose to use either (1) its 
effective  date  or  (2)  the  beginning  of  the  earliest  comparative  period  presented  in  the  financial  statements  as  of  its  date  of  initial 
application. We adopted the new standard on May 1, 2019 and used the effective date as the date of initial application. Accordingly, 
previously  reported  financial  information  will  not  be  updated,  and  the  disclosures  required  under  the  new  standard  will  not  be 
provided for dates and periods before May 1, 2019.  We expect to recognize operating lease liabilities ranging from approximately 
$175 to $185 million based on the present value of the remaining minimum rental payments for existing operating leases and ROU 
assets ranging from approximately $135 to $145 million on our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Additionally, we are in 
the process of implementing a  lease  accounting  system  for our  leases,  including  the  conversion  of our  existing  lease  data  to  a  new 
system and implementing relevant internal controls and procedures. 

See Note 15, “Commitment and Contingencies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our operating leases 
and future commitments.  

Note 3 — Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers 

Revenue  from  contracts  with  customers  is  recognized  using  a  five-step  model  consisting  of  the  following:  (1)  identify  the  contract 
with  a  customer,  (2)  identify  the  performance  obligations  in  the  contract,  (3)  determine  the  transaction  price,  (4)  allocate  the 
transaction  price  to  the  performance  obligations  in  the  contract,  and  (5)  recognize  revenue  when  (or  as)  we  satisfy  a  performance 
obligation. Performance obligations are satisfied when we transfer control of a good or service to a customer, which can occur over 
time  or  at  a  point  in  time.  The  amount  of  revenue  recognized  is  based  on  the  consideration  to  which  we  expect  to  be  entitled  in 
exchange for those goods or services, including the expected value of variable consideration. The customer’s ability and intent to pay 
the  transaction  price  is  assessed  in determining whether a  contract  exists  with  the  customer.  If  collectability  of  substantially  all  the 
consideration  in  a  contract  is  not  probable,  consideration  received  is  not  recognized  as  revenue  unless  the  consideration  is 
nonrefundable, and we no longer have an obligation to transfer additional goods or services to the customer or collectability becomes 
probable. 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Disaggregation of Revenue 

The  following  tables  present  our  revenue  from  contracts  with  customers  disaggregated  by  segment  and  product  type  for  the  years 
ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017: 

2019 

Years Ended April 30, 
2018 

2017 

Research  Publishing Solutions  Total 

 Research  Publishing Solutions   Total 

 Research Publishing  Solutions   Total 

Research: 
Journals 

Subscriptions 

Open Access 
Licensing, Reprints, 
Backfiles and 
Other 
Publishing 

$ 661,055$ 
   54,671  

— $ 
—   

—$ 661,055$ 677,685$ 
54,671   41,997  
—  

—$ 
—  

— $ 677,685$ 639,720$ 
41,997   30,633  
—   

— $ 
—   

—$ 639,720
30,633
—  

   185,619  

—   

—   185,619   181,806  

—  

—    181,806   164,070  

—   

—   164,070

Technology 
Services (Atypon)     35,968  

—   

—  

35,968   32,907  

—  

—   

32,907   19,066  

—   

—  

19,066

Publishing: 
STM and 

Professional 
Publishing 

Education Publishing   
Courseware 

(WileyPLUS) 
Test Preparation and 

Certification 

Licensing, 

Distribution, 
Advertising and 
Other 
Solutions: 
Education Services 
Professional 

Assessment 

Corporate Learning 
Total 

—   265,719   
—   157,579   

—   265,719  
—   157,579  

—   287,315  
—   187,178  

—    287,315  
—    187,178  

—   291,255   
—   196,343   

—   291,255
—   196,343

—  

63,485   

—  

63,485  

—  

59,475  

—   

59,475  

—  

62,348   

—  

62,348

—  

40,606   

—  

40,606  

—  

35,534  

—   

35,534  

—  

35,609   

—  

35,609

—  

46,803   

—  

46,803  

—  

48,146  

—   

48,146  

—  

47,894   

—  

47,894

—  

—    157,549   157,549  

—  

—   119,131    119,131  

—  

—    111,638   111,638

—  
—  

59,868
60,086
$ 937,313$  574,192 $ 288,564$1,800,069$ 934,395$  617,648$ 244,060 $1,796,103$ 853,489$  633,449 $ 231,592$1,718,530

—    59,868  
—    60,086  

—    65,889  
—    65,126  

—   61,094   
—   63,835   

61,094  
63,835  

65,889  
65,126  

—  
—  

—  
—  

Description of Revenue Generating Activities  

We generate our revenues from sales from our three reportable segments. We report our segment information in accordance with the 
provisions  of  FASB  ASC  Topic  280,  “Segment  Reporting”  (“FASB  ASC  Topic  280”). Our  segment  reporting  structure  consists  of 
three reportable segments, which are listed below, and a Corporate category:  

●  Research,  
●  Publishing, and 
●  Solutions. 

Research Segment 

Included within the Research segment are the following revenue streams: 

Journal Subscriptions, 

● 
●  Open Access, 
●  Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles and Other, and 
●  Publishing Technology Services (Atypon). 

Journal Subscriptions 

We publish approximately 1,700 academic research journals. We sell journal subscriptions directly through our sales representatives, 
indirectly  through  independent  subscription  agents,  through  promotional  campaigns,  and  through  memberships  in  professional 
societies for those journals that are sponsored by societies. Journal subscriptions are primarily licensed through contracts for digital 
content available online through Wiley Online Library, which we migrated to our Literatum platform, acquired as part of our purchase 
of  Atypon  Systems,  Inc.  (“Atypon”)  in  March  2018.  Contracts  are  negotiated  by  us  directly  with  customers  or  their  subscription 

64 

 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
agents.  Subscription  periods  typically  cover  calendar  years.  Print  journals  are  generally  mailed  to  subscribers  directly  from 
independent printers. We do not own or manage printing facilities. Subscription revenue is generally collected in advance. 

In a typical journal subscription sale, there is a written agreement between us and our customer that cover multiple years.  However, 
we typically account for these agreements as one-year contracts because our enforceable rights under the agreements are subject to an 
annual confirmation and negotiation process with the customer.  

In journal subscriptions, multiple performance obligations exist, which include a stand-ready promise to provide access to new content 
for one year and a perpetual license for access to historical journal content. The transaction price consists of fixed consideration.  

We allocate revenue to the stand-ready promise to provide access to new content for one year based on its standalone selling price and 
the revenue for new content is recognized over time as we have a continuous stand-ready obligation to provide the right of access to 
additional intellectual property. The allocation of revenue to the perpetual licenses for access to historical journal content is done using 
the expected cost plus a margin approach as permitted by the new revenue standard. Revenue is recognized at the point in time when 
access to historical content is initially granted.   

Open Access 

Under the Author-Funded Access business model, accepted research articles are published subject to payment of Article Publication 
Charges (“APCs”). All Author-Funded articles are immediately free to access online. Contributors of Author-Funded Access articles 
retain many rights and typically license their work under terms  that permit re-use. Author-Funded Access offers authors choices in 
how to share and disseminate their work, and it serves the needs of researchers who may be required by their research funder to make 
articles freely accessible without embargo. APCs are typically paid by the individual author or by the author’s funder, and payments 
are often mediated by the author’s institution. We provide specific workflows and infrastructure to authors, funders and institutions to 
support the requirements of the Author-Funded Access model.  

Customers in open access are typically individual educational institutions or a consortium of universities. Under the Author-Funded 
Access model, we have a signed contract with the customer that contains enforceable rights.   

The Author-Funded Access model in a typical model includes an over-time single performance obligation that combines a promise to 
host the customer’s content on our open access platform, and a promise to provide a discount on APCs of eligible users (as defined in 
the contract) in exchange for an upfront payment. Enforceable right to payment occurs over time as we fulfill our obligation to provide 
a discount to eligible users, as defined, on future APCs. Therefore, the upfront payment is deferred and recognized over time. 

In January 2019, Wiley announced a new contractual arrangement in support of Open Access, a countrywide partnership agreement 
with  Projekt  DEAL,  a  representative  of  nearly  700  academic  institutions  in  Germany.  This  transformative  three-year  agreement 
provides all Projekt DEAL institutions with access to read Wiley’s academic journals back to the year 1997, and researchers at Projekt 
DEAL institutions can publish articles open access in Wiley’s journals. The partnership will better support institutions and researchers 
in advancing open science, driving discovery, and developing and disseminating knowledge. We are compensated primarily through a 
fee per article published. 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles and Other 

Licensing,  Reprints,  Backfiles,  and  Other  includes  advertising,  backfile  sales,  the  licensing  of  publishing  rights,  journal  and  article 
reprints, and individual article sales. A backfile license provides access to a historical collection of Wiley journals, generally for a one-
time fee.  

Within  Licensing,  the  revenue  derived  from  these  contracts  is  primarily  comprised  of  advance  payments,  including  minimum 
guarantees and sales- or usage-based royalty agreements. For our sales-or usage-based royalty agreements, we recognize revenue in 
the  period  of  usage  based  on  the  amounts  earned.  We  record  revenue  under  these  arrangements  for  the  amounts  due  and  not  yet 
reported to us based on estimates of the sales or usage of these customers and pursuant to the terms of the contracts. We also have 
certain licenses whereby we receive a non-refundable minimum guarantee against a volume-based royalty throughout the term of the 
agreement. We recognize revenue for the minimum guarantee on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement because of the 
stand-ready  promise  to  provide  updates  during  the  subscription  period.  We  recognize  volume-based  royalty  income  only  when 
cumulative consideration exceeds the minimum guarantee. 

Reprints contracts generally contain a single performance obligation which is the delivery of printed articles. Revenue is recognized at 
the time of delivery of the printed articles. 

For  Backfiles, the  performance  obligation  is  the granting of  a  functional  intellectual  property  license.  Revenue  is recognized  at  the 
time the functional intellectual property license is granted.   

Other  includes  our Article Select  offering, whereby we have a  single performance obligation  to  our  customers  to give  access  to an 
article through the purchase of a token. The customer redeems the token for access to the article for a 24-hour period. The customer 
purchases the tokens with an upfront cash payment. Revenue is recognized when access to the article is provided.   

Publishing Technology Services (Atypon) 

Atypon is a publishing software and service provider that enables scholarly and professional societies and publishers to deliver, host, 
enhance, market, and manage their content on the web through the Literatum platform. The duration of these contracts is generally 
multi-year  ranging  from  2-5  years.  Atypon  contracts  typically  include  a  single  performance  obligation  for  the  implementation  and 
hosting subscription services. The transaction price is fixed which may include price escalators that are fixed increases per year, and 
therefore, revenue is recognized upon the initiation of the subscription period and straight-lined over the contract period.   

Publishing Segment 

Included within the Publishing segment are the following revenue streams: 

●  STM (Scientific, Technical and Medical) and Professional Publishing, 
●  Education Publishing, 
●  Courseware (WileyPLUS), 
●  Test Preparation and Certification, and 
●  Licensing, Distribution, Advertising and Other. 

STM (Scientific, Technical and Medical) and Professional Publishing and Education Publishing 

STM books are sold and distributed globally in digital and print formats through multiple channels, including research libraries and 
library consortia, independent subscription agents, direct sales to professional society members, bookstores, online booksellers, and 
other customers. 

Professional books, which include business and finance, technology, and other professional categories, as well as the For Dummies 
brand, are sold to bookstores and online booksellers serving the general public, wholesalers who supply such bookstores, warehouse 
clubs, college bookstores, individual practitioners, industrial organizations and government agencies. We employ sales representatives 
who  call  upon  independent  bookstores,  national  and  regional  chain  bookstores,  and  wholesalers.  Sales  of  professional  books  also 
result from direct mail campaigns, telemarketing, online access, advertising, and reviews in periodicals. 

Education textbooks and related supplementary material and digital products are sold primarily to bookstores and online booksellers 
serving both for-profit and nonprofit educational institutions (primarily colleges and universities), and direct-to-students. We employ 
sales representatives who call on faculty responsible for selecting books to be used in courses, and on the bookstores that serve such 
institutions  and  their  students.  The  textbook  business  is  seasonal,  with  the  majority  of  textbook  sales  occurring  during  the  July-
through-October and December-through-January periods. Book sales for STM, Professional and Education Publishing are generally 
made on a returnable basis with certain restrictions.  

66 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  performance  obligations  as  it  relates  to  STM,  Professional  and  Education  Publishing  are  primarily  book  products  delivered  in 
both  print  and  digital  form  which  could  include  a  single  or  multiple  performance  obligations  based  on  the  number  of  International 
Standard Book Number (“ISBN’s”) purchased. 

This  revenue  stream  also  includes  variable  consideration  as  it  relates  to  discounts  and  returns  for  both  print  and  digital  books.  
Discounts  are  identifiable  by  performance  obligation  and  therefore  are  applied  at  the  point  of  sale  by  performance  obligation.  The 
process that we use to determine our sales returns and the related reserve provision charged against revenue is based on applying an 
estimated  return  rate  to  current  year  returnable  print  book  sales.  This  rate  is  based  upon  an  analysis  of  actual  historical  return 
experience  in  the  various  markets  and  geographic  regions  in  which  we  do  business.  We  collect,  maintain  and  analyze  significant 
amounts  of  sales  returns  data  for  large  volumes  of  homogeneous  transactions.  This  allows  us  to  make  reasonable  estimates  of  the 
amount of future returns. All available data is utilized to identify the returns by market and to which fiscal year the sales returns apply. 
This enables management to track the returns in detail and identify and react to trends occurring in the marketplace, with the objective 
of  being  able  to  make  the  most  informed  judgments  possible  in  setting  reserve  rates.  Associated  with  the  estimated  sales  return 
reserves, we also include a related reduction in inventory and royalty costs as a result of the expected returns. 

As  it  relates  to  print  and  digital  books  within  the  STM,  Professional  and  Education  Publishing,  revenue  is  recognized  at  the  point 
when control of product transfers, which for print is upon shipment or for digital when fulfillment of the products has been rendered. 

Courseware (WileyPLUS) 

We  offer  high-quality  online  learning  solutions,  including  WileyPLUS,  a  research-based,  online  environment  for  effective  teaching 
and learning that is integrated with a complete digital textbook. Courseware customers purchase access codes to utilize the product.  
This  could  include  a  single  or  multiple  performance  obligations  based  on  the  number  of  course  ISBN’s  purchased.  Revenue  is 
recognized when the access codes are activated and then over the applicable semester term such product relates to. 

Test Preparation and Certification 

to  customers  directly 

The Test Preparation and Certification business represents learning solutions, training activities and print and digital formats that are 
through  online  digital  delivery  platforms,  bookstores,  online  booksellers,  and  other 
delivered 
customers. Products  include  CPAExcel,  a  modular,  digital  platform  comprised  of  online  self-study,  videos,  mobile  apps,  and 
sophisticated  planning  tools  to  help  professionals  prepare  for  the  CPA  exam,  and  test  preparation  products  for  the  CFA®,  CMA, 
CIA®, CMT®, FRN®, FINRA, Banking, and PMP® exams.  

Test Preparation and Certification contracts are generally three-year agreements. This revenue stream includes multiple performance 
obligations  as  it  relates  to  the  on-line  and  printed  course  materials,  including  such  items  as  text  books,  e-books,  video  lectures, 
flashcards, study guides and test banks. The transaction price is fixed; however, discounts are offered and returns of certain products 
are allowed. We allocate revenue to each performance obligation based on its standalone selling price.  Depending on the performance 
obligation, revenue is recognized at the time the product is delivered and control has passed to the customer or over time due to our 
stand-ready obligation to provide updates to the customer. 

Licensing, Distribution, Advertising and Other 

Licensing  and  distribution  services  are  made  available  to  other  publishers  under  agency  arrangements.  We  also  engage  in  co-
publishing titles with international publishers and receive licensing revenue from photocopies, reproductions, translations, and digital 
uses  of  our  content.  Wiley  also  realizes  advertising  revenue  from  branded  Web  sites  (e.g.,  Dummies.com,  etc.)  and  online 
applications. Licensing, Distribution, Advertising and Other contracts are generally multi-year agreements.   

Revenue  derived  from  our  licensing  contracts  is  primarily  comprised  of  advance  payments  and  sales-  or  usage-based  royalties. 
Revenue for advance payments is recognized at the point in time that the functional intellectual property license is granted. For sales- 
or  usage-  based  royalties,  we  record  revenue  under  these  arrangements  for  the  amounts  due  and  not  yet  reported  to  us  based  on 
estimates of the sales or usage of these customers and pursuant to the terms of the contracts.  

Solutions Segment 

Included within the Solutions segment are the following revenue streams: 

●  Education Services, 
●  Professional Assessment, and 
●  Corporate Learning. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Education Services  

As student demand for online degree and certificate programs continues to increase, traditional institutions are partnering with online 
program  management  providers  to  develop  and  support  these  programs.  Education  Services  include  market  research,  marketing, 
student recruitment, enrollment support, proactive retention support, academic services to design courses, faculty support, and access 
to  the  Engage  Learning  Management  System,  which  facilitates  the  online  education  experience.  Revenue  is  derived  from  pre-
negotiated contracts with institutions that provide for a share of tuition generated from students who enroll in a program. The duration 
of Education Services contracts are generally multi-year agreements ranging from a period of 7-10 years, with some having optional 
renewal periods. 

Education  Services  includes  a  single  performance  obligation  for  the  services  provided  because  of  the  integrated  technology  and 
services our institutional clients need to attract, enroll, educate and support students. Consideration is variable since it is based on the 
number of students enrolled in a program. We begin to recognize revenue at the start of the delivery of the class within a semester, 
which is also when the variable consideration contingency is resolved. 

Professional Assessment 

Our  Professional  Assessment  services  include  pre-hire  screening  and  post-hire  personality  assessments,  which  are  delivered  to 
business  customers  through  online  digital  delivery  platforms,  either  directly  or  through  an  authorized  distributor  network  of 
independent consultants, trainers, and coaches. Professional Assessment services contracts are generally one year. 

Professional Assessment includes a performance obligation to stand ready to provide assessments to our distributor’s customers or to 
provide assessments direct to a customer. Revenue for Professional Assessments is recognized at the time the product or service is 
provided  or  delivered.  Consideration  is  allocated  to  assessments  based  on  standalone  selling  prices.  In  addition,  as  it  relates  to 
Professional  Assessments  customers'  unexercised  rights  for  situations  where  we  have  received  a  nonrefundable  payment  for  a 
customer  to  receive  a  good  or  service  and  the  customer  is  not  expected  to  exercise  such  right,  we  will  recognize  such  “breakage” 
amounts as revenue in proportion to the pattern of rights exercised by the customer.  

Corporate Learning 

The  Corporate  Learning  business  offers  online  learning  and  training  solutions  for  global  corporations,  universities,  and  small  and 
medium-sized enterprises, which are sold on a subscription or fee basis. Learning formats and modules on topics such as leadership 
development, value creation, client orientation, change management and corporate strategy are delivered on a cloud-based Learning 
Management System (“LMS”) platform that hosts over 20,000 content assets (videos, digital learning modules, written files, etc.) in 
17 languages. Its Mohive offering also provides a collaborative e-learning publishing and program creation system. Revenue growth is 
derived from legacy markets, such as France, England, and other European markets, and newer markets, such as the U.S. and Brazil. 
In addition, content and LMS offerings are continuously refreshed and expanded to serve a wider variety of customer needs. These 
digital learning solutions are sold directly to corporate customers either direct or through our partners. Corporate Learning contracts 
are generally multi-year agreements. 

The transaction price consists of fixed consideration that is determined at the beginning of each year and received at the same time. 
Within Corporate Learning there are multiple performance obligations which includes the licenses to learning content and the learning 
application.  Revenue  is  recognized  over  time  as  we  have  a  continuous  obligation  to  provide  the  right  of  access  to  the  intellectual 
property which includes the licenses and learning applications. 

Accounts Receivable, net and Contract Liability (Deferred Revenue) Balances 

When consideration is received, or such consideration is unconditionally due, from a customer prior to transferring goods or services 
to the customer under the terms of a contract, a contract liability is recorded. Contract liabilities are recognized as revenue when, or as, 
control of the products or services are transferred to the customer and all revenue recognition criteria have been met. 

The following table provides information about receivables and contract liabilities from contracts with customers.  

Balances from contracts with customers: 

Accounts receivable, net (2) 
Contract liability (Deferred revenue) (2) 
Contract liability (Deferred revenue) (included in Other Long-Term Liabilities)  

$ 

$ 

294,867 $ 
507,365  
10,722 $ 

212,377 $ 
486,353  
— $ 

82,490
21,012
10,722

April 30, 
2019 

April 30, 
2018 (1) 

Increase/ 
(Decrease) 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
(1)  As  noted  above,  prior  period  amounts  have  not  been  adjusted  due  to  adoption  of  the  new  revenue  standard  under  the  modified   

retrospective method. 

(2)  Due  to  the  adoption  of  the  new  revenue  standard,  the  sales  return  reserve  as  of  April  30,  2019  of  $25.9  million  is  recorded  in 
Contract  Liability  (Deferred  Revenue).  In  prior  periods,  it  was  recorded  as  a  reduction  to  Accounts  Receivable,  net  on  the 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. At April 30, 2018 the sales return reserve was $28.3 million. 

Revenue recognized for the year ended April 30, 2019 relating to the contract liability at April 30, 2018 after the adjustments for the 
adoption of the new revenue standard on May 1, 2018 was $530.4 million. 

Remaining Performance Obligations included in Contract Liability (Deferred Revenue) 

As  of  April  30,  2019,  the  aggregate  amount  of  the  transaction  price  allocated  to  the  remaining  performance  obligations  is 
approximately $518.1 million, which included the sales return reserve of $25.9 million. Excluding the sales return reserve, we expect 
that approximately $481.5 million will be recognized in the next twelve months with the remaining $10.7 million to be recognized 
thereafter. 

Assets Recognized for the Costs to Fulfill a Contract 

Costs to fulfill a contract are directly related to a contract that will be used to satisfy a performance obligation in the future and are 
expected  to  be  recovered.  These  types  of  costs  are  incurred  in  the  following  revenue  streams,  (1)  Publishing  Technology  Services 
(Atypon) and (2) Education Services. 

Our assets associated with incremental costs to fulfill a contract were $8.9 million at April 30, 2019 and are included within Other 
Non-Current Assets on our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. We recorded amortization expense of $2.6 million during 
the year ended April 30, 2019 related to these assets within Cost of Sales on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The costs related 
to Education Services were previously included in Product Development Assets on our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. 
Certain costs related to Publishing Technology Services (Atypon) were previously included in Technology, Property and Equipment, 
net on our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. 

Sales  and  value-added  taxes  are  excluded  from  revenues.  Shipping  and  handling  costs,  which  are  primarily  incurred  within  the 
Publishing segment, occur before the transfer of control of the related goods. Therefore, in accordance with the new revenue standard, 
it is not considered a promised service to the customer and would be considered a cost to fulfill our promise to transfer the goods. 
Costs  incurred  for  third  party  shipping  and  handling  are  primarily  reflected  in  Operating  and  Administrative  Expenses  on  the 
Consolidated Statements of Income. We incurred $32.7 million, $33.7 million, and $39.1 million in shipping and handling costs in the 
years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 respectively.  

Note 4 – Acquisition 

The Learning House, Inc. 

On  November  1,  2018,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  100%  of  the  outstanding  stock  of  The  Learning  House,  Inc.  (“Learning 
House”)  a  diversified  education  services  provider.  Headquartered  in  Louisville,  KY,  Learning  House  provides  online  program 
management  services  including  graduate  and  undergraduate  programs;  short  courses,  boot  camps,  and  other  skills  training  and 
credentialing  for  students  and  professionals;  pathway  services  for  international  students; professional  development  services  for 
teachers;  and  learning  solutions  for  corporate  clients.  The  combination  of  Learning  House  and  Wiley  Education  Services  creates  a 
leading  provider  of  tech-enabled  education  services  for  colleges  and  universities.  The  results  of  operations  of  Learning  House  are 
included in our Solutions segment. 

The  fair  value  of  the  consideration  transferred  was  approximately  $201.3  million  which  included  $200.7  million  of  cash  and  $0.6 
million  of  warrants,  inclusive  of  purchase  price  adjustments  which  were  finalized  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2019.  We 
financed  the  payment  of  the  cash  consideration  through  borrowings  under  our  revolving  credit  agreement  ("RCA").   The  warrants 
were  classified  as  equity  and  allow  the  holder  to  purchase  400,000  shares  of  our  Class  A  Common  Stock  at  an  exercise  price  of 
$90.00, subject to adjustments. The term of the warrants is three years, expiring on November 1, 2021. The fair value of the warrants 
was  determined  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model.  The  fair  value  of  the  cash  consideration  transferred,  net  of  $10.3 
million of cash acquired was approximately $190.4 million. 

The transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. We recorded the preliminary fair value of the assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed on the acquisition date, all of which are included in the Solutions segment. None of the goodwill will 
be  deductible  for  tax  purposes.  The  allocation  of  the  consideration  transferred  to  the  assets  acquired  and  the  liabilities  assumed  is 
preliminary  and  could  be  revised  as  a  result  of  additional  information  obtained  due  to  the  finalization  of  the  third-party  valuation 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
report,    tax  related  matters  and  contingencies,  but  such  amounts  will  be  finalized  within  the  measurement  period,  which  will  not 
exceed one year from the acquisition date. The following table summarizes the consideration transferred to acquire Learning House 
and the preliminary allocation of the purchase price among the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. 

Total consideration transferred 

Assets:  

Current Assets  
Cash and cash equivalents  
Accounts receivable, net 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  
Total Current Assets  

Technology, Property and Equipment, net  
Intangible Assets, net 
Goodwill  
Other Non-Current Assets  
Total Assets  

Liabilities:  
Current Liabilities  

Accounts payable  
Contract liability (Deferred revenue)  
Accrued employment costs  
Other accrued liabilities  
Total Current Liabilities  

Deferred Income Tax Liabilities  
Other Long-Term Liabilities  
Total Liabilities 

Preliminary 
Allocation as of 
April 30, 2019 
 $

201,274

10,293
8,621
1,439
20,353

343
109,548
110,805
5,025
246,074

1,542
959
4,925
9,422
16,848

26,769
1,184
44,801

$

$

The  following  table  summarizes  the  identifiable  intangible  assets  acquired  and  their  weighted-average  useful  life  at  the  date  of 
acquisition. 

Customer Relationships  
Course Content  
Total 

Estimated 
Fair Value 

$ 

$ 

103,850  
5,698  
109,548  

Weighted-Average 
Useful Life 
(in Years) 

15
4

Learning House’s revenue and operating loss included in our Solutions segment results for the year ended April 30, 2019 was $31.5 
million and $8.0 million, respectively.  

Pro  forma  financial  information  related  to  this  acquisition  has not  been provided  as  it is  not  material  to our  consolidated results  of 
operations. 

Atypon Systems, Inc. 

On  September  30,  2016,  we  acquired  the  net  assets  of  Atypon,  a  Silicon  Valley-based  publishing-software  company,  for 
approximately  $121  million  in  cash, net  of cash  acquired. We  finalized our purchase  accounting  for Atypon on  July  31,  2017,  and 
there were no material changes in the purchase accounting allocation compared to April 30, 2017. We recorded the fair value of the 
assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  on  the  acquisition  date,  which  included  $48  million  of  intangible  assets.  Goodwill  of  $70 
million was recorded, which is deductible for tax purposes. 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Atypon's revenue included in our Research segment results for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $36.0 million, 
$32.9 million and $19.1 million, respectively. Atypon's operating loss included in our Research segment results for the years ended 
April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $3.9 million, $2.7 million and $3.5 million, respectively.  

Note 5 – Reconciliation of Weighted Average Shares Outstanding 

A reconciliation of the shares used in the computation of earnings per share for the years ended April 30 follows:  

Weighted average shares outstanding  
Less: Unvested restricted shares  
Shares used for basic earnings per share  
Dilutive effect of stock options and other stock awards  
Shares used for diluted earnings per share  

2019 

2018 

2017 

57,240     
(48)     
57,192     
648     
57,840     

57,181     
(138)     
57,043     
845     
57,888     

57,531
(194)
57,337
862
58,199

Since  their  inclusion  in  the  calculation  of  diluted  earnings  per  share  would  have  been  anti-dilutive,  options  to  purchase  260,984, 
244,590  and  301,527  shares  of  Class  A  Common  Stock  have  been  excluded  for  the  years  ended  April  30,  2019,  2018  and  2017, 
respectively. In addition, there were no restricted shares excluded for the year ended April 30, 2019. For the years ended April 30, 
2018  and  2017,  restricted  shares  of  26,740  and  none,  respectively,  have  been  excluded  as  their  inclusion  would  have  been  anti-
dilutive. 

Warrants to purchase 242,402 shares of Class A Common Stock have not been included for the year ended April 30, 2019. There were 
no warrants issued during the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017. 

Note 6 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss by component, net of tax, for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018, and 2017 
were as follows:  

Balance at April 30, 2016 

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications 
Amounts reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss  
Total other comprehensive (loss) income  

Balance at April 30, 2017 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications 
Amounts reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss  
Total other comprehensive income (loss) 

Balance at April 30, 2018 

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications 
Amounts reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss  
Total other comprehensive loss 

Balance at April 30, 2019  

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation    
$ 

Unamortized 
Retirement 
Costs 
(179,405) $ 
(18,458)  
7,361  
(11,097)  
(190,502)  $ 
(4,979)    
4,455    
(524)    
(191,026)  $ 
(9,422)    
4,391    
(5,031)    
(196,057)  $ 

(267,920)  $ 
(51,292)   
—   
(51,292)   
(319,212)  $ 
67,639    
—    
67,639    
(251,573)  $ 
(60,534)    
—    
(60,534)    
(312,107)  $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Interest 

Rate Swaps    Total 

(361) $  (447,686)
(67,015)
2,735  
7,414
53  
2,788  
(59,601)
2,427  $  (507,287)
64,399
1,739    
(1,147)    
3,308
67,707
592    
3,019  $  (439,580)
(68,835)
1,121    
(323)
(4,714)    
(69,158)
(3,593)    
(574)  $  (508,738)

For  the  years  ended  April  30,  2019  and  2018,  pre-tax  actuarial  losses  included  in  Unamortized  Retirement  Costs  of  approximately 
$5.5 million and $5.9 million, respectively, were amortized from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss and recognized as pension 
expense  in  Operating  and  Administrative  Expenses  and  Interest  and  Other  Income  (Expense)  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Income. 

Note 7 – Restructuring and Related Charges 

In  the  years  ended  April  30,  2019,  2018  and  2017,  we  recorded  pre-tax  restructuring  and  related  charges  of  $3.1  million,  $28.6 
million, and $13.4 million, respectively, which are reflected in the Restructuring and Related Charges line item on the Consolidated 
Statements of Income and described in more detail below: 

71 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restructuring and Reinvestment Program: 

Beginning  in  the  year  ended  April  30,  2013,  we  initiated  a  global  program  (the  “Restructuring  and  Reinvestment  Program”)  to 
restructure and realign our cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. We are targeting a majority of the expected 
cost  savings  achieved  to  improve  margins  and  earnings,  while  the  remainder  will  be  reinvested  in  high-growth  digital  business 
opportunities. 

The following tables summarize the pre-tax restructuring charges related to this program:  

Charges by Segment:  

Research  
Publishing  
Solutions  
Corporate Expenses 

Total Restructuring and Related Charges 

Charges (Credits) by Activity:  

Severance  
Consulting and Contract Termination Costs  
Other Activities  

Total Restructuring and Related Charges 

2019 

2018 

2017 

Total Charges 
Incurred to Date 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,131   $ 
650     
878     
459     
3,118   $ 

5,257   $ 
6,443     
3,695     
13,171     
28,566   $ 

1,456   $ 
526     
1,136     
3,118   $ 

27,213   $ 
1,815     
(462)     
28,566   $ 

1,949   $ 
1,596  
1,787  
8,023  
13,355   $ 

8,386   $ 
148  
4,821  
13,355   $ 

26,544
39,581
7,125
96,378
169,628

116,259
21,155
32,214
169,628

Other Activities for the year ended April 30, 2019 reflect lease impairment related costs. The credits in Other Activities for the year 
ended April 30, 2018 mainly reflect changes in estimates for previously accrued restructuring charges related to facility lease reserves. 
Other Activities for the year ended April 30, 2017 reflect facility relocation and lease impairment related costs. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  activity  for  the  Restructuring  and  Reinvestment  Program  liability  for  the  year  ended  April  30, 
2019:  

Foreign Translation &

Severance  
Consulting and Contract Termination Costs 
Other Activities  
Total  

   Payments    

April 30, 2018     Charges 
17,279  $ 
$ 
—    
2,772    
20,051  $ 

1,456  $ 
526    
1,136    
3,118  $ 

$ 

(13,388)  $ 
(223)    
(1,608)    
(15,219)  $ 

Other Adjustments    April 30, 2019 
4,887
303
2,544
7,734

(460)  $ 
—    
244    
(216)  $ 

The charges above are net of changes in estimates for previously accrued restructuring charges. The restructuring liability for accrued 
severance costs of $4.9 million is reflected in Accrued Employment Costs on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The 
liability for Consulting and Contract Termination Costs is reflected in Other Accrued Liabilities. Approximately $1.1 million and $1.4 
million  of  the  Other  Activities  are  included  in  Other  Accrued  Liabilities  and  Other  Long-Term  Liabilities,  respectively  on  the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position,  and  mainly  relate  to  facility  relocation  and  lease  impairment  related  costs.  We 
currently do not anticipate any further material charges related to the Restructuring and Reinvestment Program.  

The amount included in Other Long-Term Liabilities that relates to Other Activities is expected to be paid starting in 2021 until 2022. 

Note 8 – Inventories 

Inventories, net at April 30 were as follows:  

Finished Goods  
Work-in-Process  
Paper and Other Materials  

Inventory Value of Estimated Sales Returns  
LIFO Reserve  
Total Inventories  

72 

2019 

2018 

33,736   $ 
2,094  
373  
36,203  
3,739  
(4,360)  
35,582   $ 

36,503
2,139
550
39,192
4,626
(4,329)
39,489

$ 

$ 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
        
  
  
  
     
     
  
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards,” under the 
caption  “Sales  Return  Reserves,”  for  a  discussion  of  the  Inventory  Value  of  Estimated  Sales  Returns.  Finished  Goods  are  net  of  a 
reserve for inventory obsolescence of $15.8 million and $18.2 million as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  

Note 9 – Product Development Assets 

Product development assets consisted of the following at April 30:  

Book Composition Costs  
Software Costs 
Content Development Costs  
Total  

2019 

2018 

19,197   $ 
38,048   
5,225     
62,470   $ 

24,887
52,078
1,849
78,814

$ 

$ 

Product  development  assets  include  $4.3  million  and  $4.1  million  of  work-in-process  as  of  April  30,  2019  and  2018,  respectively, 
mainly for book composition costs.  

Product development assets are net of accumulated amortization of $236.5 million and $238.1 million as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, 
respectively.  

Note 10 – Technology, Property and Equipment 

Technology, property and equipment, net consisted of the following at April 30: 

Capitalized Software  
Computer Hardware  
Buildings and Leasehold Improvements  
Furniture, Fixtures, and Warehouse Equipment  
Land and Land Improvements  

Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization 
Total  

2019 

2018 

440,437   $ 
68,718     
118,685     
57,471     
3,390     
688,701     
(399,680)     
289,021   $ 

390,774
57,493
121,381
60,869
3,678
634,195
(344,261)
289,934

$ 

$ 

The following table details our depreciation and amortization expense for technology, property and equipment, net for the years ended 
April 30: 

Capitalized Software Amortization Expense 
Depreciation and Amortization Expense, Excluding Capitalized Software  

$  

50,095   $ 
19,323     

45,449   $ 
18,878     

Total Depreciation and Amortization Expense for Technology, Property and Equipment 

$  

69,418   $ 

64,327   $ 

48,343
18,340

66,683

2019 

2018 

2017 

Technology, property and equipment includes $2.3 million and zero of work-in-process as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, 
mainly for capitalized software. 

The net book value of capitalized software costs was $200.2 million and $198.0 million as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  

73 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Note 11 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

Goodwill 

The following table summarizes the activity in goodwill by segment as of April 30:  

Research 
Publishing 
Solutions 
Total 

2018 (1) 

463,419
283,851
272,531
1,019,801

$ 

$ 

  Acquisition (2)   
$ 

—  $ 
—    
110,805    
110,805  $ 

$ 

Foreign 
Translation 
Adjustment 

(24,908)   $ 
(706)     
(9,326)     
(34,940)   $ 

2019 

438,511
283,145
374,010
1,095,666

(1)  The April 30, 2018 goodwill balances were revised for the Publishing segment which decreased and the Solutions segment which 

increased to reflect foreign translation adjustments of $11.6 million. 

(2)  Refer to Note 4, “Acquisition,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information related to the acquisition 

of Learning House on November 1, 2018. 

Prior to fiscal year 2019, we reviewed goodwill for impairment on a reporting unit basis annually during the third quarter of each year, 
using a measurement date of January 31, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill 
may not be recoverable. While we are permitted to conduct a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is necessary to perform a 
two-step  quantitative  goodwill  impairment  test,  for  our  annual  goodwill  impairment  test  in  the  third  quarter  of  2018  and  2017  we 
performed a quantitative test for all of our reporting units. 

As discussed below, during the fourth quarter of 2018, we voluntarily changed our annual impairment assessment date from January 
31 to February 1 for all of our reporting units and our indefinite-lived intangible assets. For our annual goodwill impairment test in the 
fourth quarter of 2019 we performed a quantitative test for all of our reporting units and in the fourth quarter of 2018 we performed a 
qualitative assessment for all of our reporting units.  

The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. In step one, we compare the fair value of each of our reporting units to its 
carrying value, including the goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, 
there is no indication of impairment and no further testing is required. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying 
value, we must perform step two of the impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. In step two, the reporting 
unit’s fair value is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a 
hypothetical analysis that calculates the implied fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if the reporting unit was being acquired 
in a business combination. If the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is less than the carrying value, the difference is 
recorded as an impairment loss. 

2019 Annual Impairment Test as of February 1, 2019 

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2019,  we  completed  step  one  of  our  annual  goodwill  impairment  test  for  our  reporting  units.  We 
concluded  that  the  fair  values  of  these  reporting  units  were  above  their  carrying  values  and,  therefore,  there  was  no  indication  of 
impairment. 

We estimated the fair value of these reporting units using a weighting of fair values derived from an income and a market approach. 
Under the income approach, we determined the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. 
Cash flow projections are based on management’s estimates of revenue growth rates and operating margins, taking into consideration 
industry and market conditions. The discount rate used is based on a weighted average cost of capital adjusted for the relevant risk 
associated with the characteristics of the business and the projected cash flows. The market approach estimates fair value based on 
market  multiples  of  current  and  forward  12-month  operating  performance  results,  as  applicable,  derived  from  comparable  publicly 
traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics as the reporting unit. 

As  noted  above,  the  fair  value  determined  under  step  one  of  the  goodwill  impairment  test  completed  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2019 
exceeded  the  carrying  value  for  each  reporting  unit. Therefore,  there  was  no  impairment  of  goodwill.  However,  if  the  fair  value 
decreases in future periods, we may fail step one of the goodwill impairment test and be required to perform step two. In performing 
step  two,  the  fair  value would  have  to be  allocated  to  all  of  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  reporting  unit.  Therefore,  any  potential 
goodwill impairment charge would be dependent upon the estimated fair value of the reporting unit at that time and the outcome of 
step two of the impairment test. The fair values of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including the intangible assets, could 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
vary depending on various factors. 

The  future  occurrence  of  a  potential  indicator  of  impairment,  such  as  a  decrease  in  expected  net  earnings,  adverse  equity  market 
conditions, a decline in current market multiples, a decline in our common stock price, a significant adverse change in legal factors or 
business climates, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, strategic decisions made in response to 
economic or competitive conditions, or a more-likely-than-not expectation that a reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting 
unit will be sold or disposed of, could require an interim  assessment for some or all of the reporting units before the next required 
annual assessment.  

We also review our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, which consists of brands and trademarks and certain 
acquired publishing rights. During the fourth quarter of 2019, we completed our annual impairment test related to the indefinite lived 
intangible assets. We concluded that the fair values of these indefinite-lived intangible assets were above their carrying values and, 
therefore,  there  was  no  indication  of  impairment.  We  also  concluded  that  one  of  our  indefinite-lived  trademarks  had  an  excess  of 
estimated fair value over its carrying value of approximately 7% as of the 2019 annual impairment test. 

Change in Annual Impairment Assessment Date 

During the fourth quarter of 2018, we voluntarily changed our annual impairment assessment date from January 31 to February 1 for 
all of our reporting units and our indefinite-lived intangible assets. This change was made to improve alignment of impairment testing 
procedures  with  year-end  financial  reporting,  our  annual  business  planning  and  budgeting  process  and  the  multi-year  strategic 
forecast,  which begins  in  the  fourth quarter of  each  year.  As  a  result,  the goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  impairment 
testing will reflect the result of inputs from each of the businesses in the development of the budget and forecast process, including the 
impact  of  seasonality  of  our  financial  results.  Accordingly,  management  considers  this  accounting  change  preferable.  This  change 
does  not  accelerate,  delay,  avoid,  or  cause  an  impairment  charge,  nor  does  this  change  result  in  adjustments  to  previously  issued 
financial statements. 

In  connection  with  the  change  in  the  date  of  the  annual  goodwill  impairment  test,  we  completed  a  qualitative  assessment  of  the 
goodwill by reporting unit as of February 1, 2018 and concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of the 
reporting units exceeded its carrying amount. In addition, we also completed a qualitative assessment of our indefinite-lived intangible 
assets  as  of  February  1,  2018  and  concluded  that  it  was  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  each  of  the  indefinite-lived 
intangible assets exceeded its carrying amount. 

Intangibles 

Intangible assets, net as of April 30 were as follows: 

2019 

2018  

Accumulated 
Amortization  

Accumulated 
Impairment   Net 

 Cost 

  Cost 

Accumulated 
Amortization  

Accumulated 
Impairment    Net 

Intangible Assets with 

Determinable Lives, net 

Content and Publishing Rights (1)   $ 806,628 $ 
Customer Relationships (1) 
   310,977   
32,802   
Brands and Trademarks  
Covenants not to Compete  
1,681   
Total 
  1,152,088   
Intangible Assets with Indefinite 

(417,456) $
(65,147)
(19,809)
(1,236)
(503,648)

Lives  

— $389,172 $ 824,146 $ 
—   245,830    212,020   
32,111   
—    12,993   
—   
1,499   
445   
—   648,440   1,069,776   

(387,386) $ 
(50,291)   
(16,011)   
(844)   
(454,532)   

—$436,760
— 161,729
— 16,100
—
655
— 615,244

Brands and Trademarks  
Content and Publishing Rights  
Total 
Total Intangible Assets, Net 

   134,509   
86,223   
  220,732  
$1,372,820 $ 

—
—
—

(503,648) $

—    86,223   

(3,600)   130,909    142,189   
94,238   
(3,600)   217,132   236,427  
(3,600) $865,572 $1,306,203 $ 

—   
—   
—  
(454,532) $ 

(3,600) 138,589
— 94,238
(3,600) 232,827
(3,600)$848,071

(1) As of April 30, 2019, amounts include intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition of Learning House on November 1, 2018. 
Refer to Note 4, “Acquisition,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information related to the acquisition of 
Learning House. 

Based on the current amount of intangible assets subject to amortization and assuming current foreign exchange rates, the estimated 
amortization expense for the following years are as follows: 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Fiscal Year 

2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
Thereafter 
Total 

Amount 

50,419
48,517
44,115
40,305
37,929
427,155
648,440

$ 

$ 

In  conjunction  with  a  business  review  performed  in  the  Publishing  segment  associated  with  the  restructuring  activities  in  the  first 
quarter  of  the year  ended  April  30, 2018, we  identified an  indefinite-lived brand with forecasted  cash  flows  that did  not  exceed  its 
carrying value. As a result, an impairment charge of $3.6 million was recorded in the first quarter of the year ended April 30, 2018 to 
reduce the carrying value of the brand to its fair value of $1.2 million, which will now be amortized over an estimated useful life of 5 
years. This impairment charge was included in Operating and Administrative Expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

Note 12 – Income Taxes 

The provisions for income taxes for the years ended April 30 were as follows:  

Current Provision  
U.S. – Federal  
International  
State and Local  
Total Current Provision  
Deferred Provision (Benefit)  

U.S. – Federal  
International  
State and Local  
Total Deferred (Benefit) Provision 
Total Provision  

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2,384   $ 
52,518  
2,536  
57,438   $ 

(2,216)   $ 
46,112     
961     
44,857   $ 

335   $ 

(7,630)  
(5,454)  
(12,749)   $ 
44,689   $ 

(26,062)   $ 
2,420     
530     
(23,112)   $ 
21,745   $ 

912
105,228
100
106,240

(13,852)
(15,330)
415
(28,767)
77,473

International and United States pretax income for the years ended April 30 were as follows:  

International  
United States  
Total  

2019 

2018 

$ 

$ 

204,326   $ 
8,626     
212,952   $ 

219,178    $ 
(5,247)      
213,931    $ 

2017 
192,910
(1,794)
191,116

Our effective income tax rate as a percentage of pretax income differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate as shown below: 

U.S. Federal Statutory Rate  
German Tax Litigation Expense  
Cost (Benefit) of Higher (Lower) Taxes on Non-U.S. Income  
State Income Taxes, net of U.S. Federal Tax Benefit  
Deferred Tax (Benefit) from U.S. Tax Reform Rate Change 
Deferred Tax Benefit from U.K. Statutory Tax Rate Change  
Tax Credits and Related Benefits  
Tax Adjustments and Other  
Effective Income Tax Rate  

2019 

2018 

2017 

21.0%  
—  
0.9  
(1.3)  
0.1 
—  
(0.8)  
1.1  
21.0%  

30.4%  
—  
(8.4)  
0.4  
(11.7) 
—  
(1.7)  
1.2  
10.2%  

35.0%
25.7
(12.7)
0.1
—
(1.3)
(6.2)
(0.1)
40.5%

A substantial portion of our 2019 income was earned outside the U.S. in jurisdictions with different statutory income tax rates than our 
U.S. statutory rate including: U.K. (57%), Germany (24%), and Australia (7%). 

On  December  22,  2017,  the  U.S.  government  enacted  comprehensive  Federal  tax  legislation  originally  known  as  the  Tax  Cuts  and 
Jobs  Act  of  2017  (the  “Tax  Act”).   In  December  2017,  the  SEC  staff  issued  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  No.  118,  Income  Tax 
Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), which allowed us to record provisional amounts related to the 

76 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
effect of the Tax Act during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year of the enactment date.  We completed our analysis 
during the year ended April 30, 2019 within the measurement period in accordance with SAB 118. 

The effective tax rate for the year ended April 30, 2019 was greater than the year ended April 30, 2018 due to the net deferred tax 
benefit from the Tax Act in the year ended April 30, 2018. Excluding the effect of the Tax Act, the rate was 21.9% for the year ended 
April 30, 2018, compared to 21.0% for the year ended April 30, 2019.  

The effective tax rate was equal to the U.S. statutory rate for the year ended April 30, 2019. The increase from higher taxes on non-
U.S. income and various other items was offset by a state tax benefit from more favorable apportionment factors which reduced our 
deferred tax liabilities, net of federal benefit.   

German Tax Litigation Expense: In the year ended April 30, 2017, the German Federal Fiscal Court affirmed a lower court decision 
disallowing deductions related to a stepped-up basis in certain assets. As a result, we incurred an income tax charge of approximately 
$49 million ($0.85 per share). 

Deferred Tax Benefit from U.K. Statutory Tax Rate Change: In fiscal year 2016, the U.K. reduced its statutory rate to 19% beginning 
April 1, 2017, and 18% beginning April 1, 2020, and in fiscal year 2017, the U.K. further reduced its statutory rate beginning on April 
1, 2020, from 18% to 17%. This resulted in a non-cash deferred tax benefit from the re-measurement of our applicable U.K. deferred 
tax balances of $2.6 million ($0.04 per share) in the year ended April 30, 2017. 

Tax Adjustments and Other: In each of the years ended April 30, 2019 and April 30, 2018, we recorded a tax benefit of $0.3 million 
and $0.6 million, respectively related to the expiration of the statute of limitations or favorable resolutions of federal, state, and foreign 
tax matters with tax authorities.   

The Tax Act 

On  December  22,  2017,  the  U.S.  government  enacted  comprehensive  tax  legislation.  The  Tax  Act  significantly  revised  the  U.S. 
corporate income tax system by, among other changes, the following: 

 
 
 

 

 
 
 

lowering the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate to 21% with a potentially lower rate for certain foreign derived income;  
accelerating deductions for certain business assets;  
establishing  a  dividend  received  deduction,  generally  eliminating  federal  income  taxes  on  cash  repatriation  from  foreign 
subsidiaries;  
requiring  companies  to  pay  a  one-time  transition  tax  on  post-1986  unrepatriated  cumulative  non-U.S.  earnings  and  profits 
(“E&P”) of foreign subsidiaries; 
eliminating certain deductions such as the domestic production deduction;  
establishing limitations on the deductibility of certain expenses including interest and executive compensation; and  
creating new taxes on certain foreign earnings. 

Deferred  tax  balances  –  In  the  year  ended  April  30,  2018  we  remeasured  our  U.S.  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  based  on  the 
federal rate at which they are expected to reverse in the future, generally 21% for reversals anticipated to occur after April 30, 2019. In 
the prior period, the provisional amount recorded related to the re-measurement of our net deferred tax liability was an estimated net 
benefit of $25.0 million. During the year ended April 30, 2019, in accordance with SAB 118, we completed the analysis and recorded 
a minimal $0.2 million expense. 

Foreign  tax  effects  –  In  connection  with  the  transition  from  a  global  tax  system,  the  Tax  Act  established  a  mandatory  deemed 
repatriation tax. The tax was computed using our post-1986 E&P that was previously deferred from U.S. income taxes.  The tax was 
based on the amount of foreign earnings held in cash equivalents and certain net assets, which were taxed at 15.5%, and those held in 
other  assets,  which  were  taxed  at  8.0%.  In  accordance  with  the  Tax  Act  including  certain  rules  applicable  to  non-calendar  year 
taxpayers, we recorded a provisional amount of $14.2 million in the year ended April 30, 2018. Since April 30, 2018, we no longer 
assert that we intend to permanently reinvest earnings outside the U.S.   

The Tax Act reduced the Federal statutory tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018.  As a result, our U.S. federal statutory 
tax rate was 21.0% for the year ended April 30, 2019 and a blended rate of 30.4% for the year ended April 30, 2018. 

The  Tax  Act  created  new  taxes,  effective  for  us  on  May  1,  2018,  including  a  provision  designed  to  tax  global  low  taxed  income 
(“GILTI”) and a provision establishing new minimum taxes, such as the base erosion anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”). We have evaluated 
these provisions and determined there is no material impact to our effective tax rate. 

The Tax Act also created a new benefit, effective for us on May 1, 2018, for Foreign Derived Intangible Income (“FDII”), providing a 
deduction intended to result in a reduced federal income tax rate of approximately 13.125% on certain foreign derived eligible income. 
77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended April 30, 2019, we recorded a tax benefit of $1.2 million. 

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes: 

As  of  April  30,  2019  and  April  30,  2018,  the  total  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  were  $7.7  million  and  $6.8  million, 
respectively, of which $0.7 million and $0.6 million represented accruals for interest and penalties recorded as additional tax expense 
in accordance with our accounting policy. Within the income tax provision for the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018, we recorded 
net  interest  expense  on  reserves  for unrecognized  and  recognized  tax  benefits  of  $0.3 million  and  $0.2  million,  respectively.  As of 
April  30,  2019,  and  April  30,  2018,  the  total  amounts  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  that  would  reduce  our  income  tax  provision,  if 
recognized,  were  approximately  $7.7  million  and  $6.8  million,  respectively.  We  do  not  expect  any  significant  changes  to  the 
unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months. 

A  reconciliation  of  the  unrecognized  tax  benefits  included  within  the  Other  Long-Term  Liabilities  line  item  on  the  Consolidated 
Statements of Financial Position follows:  

Balance at May 1  
Additions for Current Year Tax Positions  
Additions for Prior Year Tax Positions  
Reductions for Prior Year Tax Positions  
Foreign Translation Adjustment  
Payments and Settlements  
Reductions for Lapse of Statute of Limitations  
Balance at April 30 

Tax Audits: 

2019 

2018 

6,833   $ 
1,473     
414     
(578)     
(42)     
(136)     
(305)     
7,659   $ 

6,124
1,372
69
(38)
45
(124)
(615)
6,833

$ 

$ 

We  file  income  tax returns  in  the  U.S.  and  various  states  and non-U.S. tax jurisdictions. Our  major  taxing  jurisdictions  include  the 
United  States,  the  United  Kingdom,  and  Germany.  Except  for  one  immaterial  item,  we  are  no  longer  subject  to  income  tax 
examinations  for  years  prior  to  fiscal  year  2014  in  the  major  jurisdictions  in  which  we  are  subject  to  tax.  Our  last  completed  U.S. 
federal tax audit was for fiscal years 2011 through 2013, which resulted in minimal adjustments related to temporary differences. 

Deferred Taxes: 

Deferred taxes result from temporary differences in the recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial reporting purposes. 
We believe that it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the net 
deferred tax assets. The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities at April 30 were as follows:  

Net Operating Losses  
Reserve for Sales Returns and Doubtful Accounts  
Accrued Employee Compensation  
Foreign and Federal Credits  
Other Accrued Expenses  
Retirement and Post-Employment Benefits  

Total Gross Deferred Tax Assets  
Less Valuation Allowance  
Total Deferred Tax Assets  

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets  
Unremitted Foreign Earnings 
Intangible and Fixed Assets  
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities  
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities  

Reported As  
Deferred Tax Assets  
Deferred Tax Liabilities  
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities  

78 

2019 

2018 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

14,491  
2,923  
17,528  
34,401  
6,262  
40,653  
116,258  
(21,179)  
95,079  

(744)  
(1,985) 
(226,898)  
(229,627)  
(134,548)  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

8,976
2,506
20,096
31,109
4,632
39,160
106,479
(8,811)
97,668

(3,203)
(1,985)
(231,869)
(237,057)
(139,389)

 $ 

$ 

9,227  
(143,775)  
(134,548)  

 $ 

$ 

4,129
(143,518)
(139,389)

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The decrease in net deferred tax liabilities is attributable to a foreign exchange driven decrease in our deferred tax liability primarily 
related to intangible and fixed assets.  Our increase in deferred tax liabilities relating to our acquisition of Learning House was offset 
by  the  amortization  of  our  deferred  tax  liabilities  related  to  intangibles  and  fixed  assets,  primarily  from  prior  acquisitions.    Our 
increase in deferred tax assets, primarily from foreign and federal tax credits as well as net operating losses, was offset by an increase 
in our valuation allowance related to those assets. We have concluded that after valuation allowances, it is more likely than not that we 
will realize substantially all of the net deferred tax assets at April 30, 2019. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we take 
into  account  related  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  estimated  future reversals  of  existing  temporary  differences,  future taxable  earnings 
and tax planning strategies to determine which deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized in the future. Changes to tax 
laws, statutory tax rates and future taxable earnings can have an impact on our valuation allowances. 

A $21.2 million valuation allowance has been provided based on the uncertainty of utilizing the tax benefits related to our deferred tax 
assets for foreign tax credits, state, and, to a small extent, Federal net operating loss carry forwards. As of April 30, 2019, we have 
apportioned state net operating loss carryforwards totaling $99 million, with a tax effected value of $6 million net of federal benefits, 
expiring in various amounts over 1 to 20 years. 

On June 18, 2019, U.S. Treasury published certain proposed and temporary regulations which would, among other changes, eliminate 
the dividend received deduction with respect to certain income recognized by us with respect to the transition tax imposed by the Tax 
Act.    Although  we  are  still  reviewing  the  regulations,  if  applied,  such  regulations  would  not  materially  impact  our  consolidated 
financial  position  or  results  of  operations,  as  the  decrease  in  our  foreign  tax  credit  carryforward  would  most  likely  be  offset  by  a 
decrease in our valuation allowance. 

Since April 30, 2018, we no longer intend to permanently reinvest earnings outside the U.S. We have a $2.0 million liability related to 
the estimated taxes that would be incurred upon repatriating certain non-U.S. earnings.  

Note 13 – Debt and Available Credit Facilities 

As  of  April  30,  2019  and  2018,  our  debt  of  $478.8  million  and  $360.0  million,  respectively,  consisted  of  amounts  due  under  our 
revolving credit facilities. 

We have a revolving credit agreement (“RCA”) with a syndicated bank group led by Bank of America. The RCA consists of a $1.1 
billion five-year senior revolving credit facility payable March 1, 2021. Under the RCA, which can be drawn in multiple currencies, 
we  have  the  option  of  borrowing  at  the  following  floating  interest  rates:   (i)  at  a  rate  based  on  the  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate 
(“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.98% to 1.50%, depending on our consolidated leverage ratio, as defined, or (ii) 
for U.S. dollar-denominated loans only, at the lender’s base rate plus an applicable margin ranging from zero to 0.45%, depending on 
our consolidated leverage ratio. The lender’s base rate is defined as the highest of (i) the U.S. federal funds effective rate plus a  0.50% 
margin, (ii) the Eurocurrency rate, as defined, plus a 1.00% margin, or (iii) the Bank of America prime lending rate. In addition, we 
pay a facility fee ranging from 0.15% to 0.25% depending on our consolidated leverage ratio. We also have the option to request an 
additional credit limit increase of up to $350 million in minimum increments of $50 million, subject to the approval of the lenders. 
The RCA contains certain restrictive covenants related to our consolidated leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio, which we were in 
compliance with as of April 30, 2019 and 2018. Due to the fact that there are no principal payments due until the end of the agreement 
in the year ended April 30, 2021, we have classified our entire debt obligation as long-term as of April 30, 2019 and 2018. 

We  have other  lines  of  credit  aggregating $2.7  million  at  various  interest  rates.  There were no outstanding borrowings under  these 
credit lines at April 30, 2019 and 2018. 

Our  total  available  lines  of  credit  as  of  April  30,  2019,  were  approximately  $1.1  billion,  of  which  approximately  $0.6  billion  was 
unused. The weighted average interest rates on total debt outstanding during the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018 were 2.69% and 
2.44%,  respectively.  As  of  April  30,  2019  and  2018,  the  weighted  average  interest  rates  for  total  debt  were  2.88%  and  2.58%, 
respectively. Based on estimates of interest rates currently available to us for loans with similar terms and maturities, the fair value of 
our debt approximates its carrying value. 

On May 30, 2019, we entered into a credit agreement that amended and restated our existing RCA. See Note 21, Subsequent Events, 
for further details.  

Note 14 – Derivative Instruments and Activities 

From  time-to-time,  we  enter  into  forward  exchange  and  interest  rate  swap  contracts  as  a  hedge  against  foreign  currency  asset  and 
liability  commitments,  changes  in  interest  rates,  and  anticipated  transaction  exposures,  including  intercompany  purchases.  All 
derivatives are recognized as assets or liabilities and measured at fair value. Derivatives that are not determined to be effective hedges 

79 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
are adjusted to fair value with a corresponding adjustment to earnings. We do not use financial instruments for trading or speculative 
purposes. 

Interest Rate Contracts: 

We had $478.8 million of variable rate loans outstanding at April 30, 2019, which approximated fair value.  

As of April 30, 2019 and 2018, the interest rate swap agreements we maintained were designated as fully effective cash flow hedges 
as defined under Accounting Standards Codification 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” ("ASC 815"). As a result, there was no impact on 
our Consolidated Statements of Income from changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps, as they were fully offset by changes 
in the interest expense on the underlying variable rate debt instruments. Under ASC 815, derivative instruments that are designated as 
cash  flow  hedges  have  changes  in  their  fair  value  recorded  initially  within  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Loss  on  the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position.  As  interest  expense  is  recognized  based  on  the  variable  rate  loan  agreements,  the 
corresponding deferred gain or loss on the interest rate swaps is reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss to Interest 
Expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income. It is management’s intention that the notional amount of interest rate swaps be 
less than the variable rate loans outstanding during the life of the derivatives. 

On April 4, 2016, we entered into a forward starting interest rate swap agreement, which fixed a portion of the variable interest due on 
a  variable  rate  debt renewal on  May  16, 2016. Under  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  we  will  pay  a  fixed  rate of 0.92%  and  receive a 
variable rate of interest based on one-month LIBOR (as defined) from the counterparty which is reset every month for a three-year 
period starting May 16, 2016, ending May 15, 2019. As of April 30, 2019, the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $350.0 
million. 

We  record  the  fair  value  of  our  interest  rate  swaps  on  a  recurring  basis  using  Level  2  inputs  of  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or 
liabilities in active markets. The fair value of the interest rate swaps as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, was a deferred gain of $0.5 million 
and $5.1 million, respectively. Based on the maturity dates of the contracts, the entire deferred gain as of April 30, 2019 was recorded 
within Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets and as of April 30, 2018, was recorded within Other Non-Current Assets. 

The pre-tax (gains) losses that were reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss to Interest Expense for the years ended 
April  30,  2019,  2018,  and  2017  were  $(4.7)  million,  $(1.5)  million,  and  $1.1  million,  respectively.  Based  on  the  amount  in 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss at April 30, 2019, approximately $0.2 million, net of tax, of unrecognized gains would be 
reclassified into net income in the next twelve months. 

Foreign Currency Contracts: 

We may enter into forward exchange contracts to manage our exposure on certain foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. 
The  forward  exchange  contracts  are  marked  to  market  through  Foreign  Exchange  Transaction  (Losses)  Gains  on  the  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Income  and  carried  at  their  fair  value  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position.  Foreign  currency 
denominated assets and liabilities are remeasured at spot rates in effect on the balance sheet date, with the effects of changes in spot 
rates reported in Foreign Exchange Transaction (Losses) Gains on the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

As of April 30, 2019 and 2018, we did not maintain any open forward contracts. In addition, we did not maintain any open forward 
contracts during the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018.  

As of April 30, 2017, we did not maintain any open forward contracts, but we did have open forward contracts during the year ended 
April 30, 2017. There were two open forward exchange contracts with notional amounts of 31 million euros and 274 million pounds 
sterling  to  manage  foreign  currency  exposures  on  intercompany  loans.  These  contracts  matured  in  May  2016  and  February  2017, 
respectively. For the year ended April 30, 2017, the gains recognized on forward contracts were $59.0 million. 

Note 15 – Commitment and Contingencies 

The following schedule shows the composition of net rent expense for operating leases:  

Minimum Rental  
Less: Sublease Rentals  
Total  

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

$ 

29,066   $ 
(719)  
28,347   $ 

31,451   $ 
(708)  
30,743   $ 

35,464
(626)
34,838

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
At April 30, 2019, estimated future minimum annual rental commitments under non-cancelable real and personal property leases, were 
as follows: 

Fiscal Year 

Amount 

2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
Thereafter  
Total  

$ 

$ 

30,887
27,326
23,183
19,257
18,576
129,382
248,611

Rent  expense  associated  with  operating  leases  that  include  scheduled  rent  increases  and  tenant  incentives,  such  as  rent  holidays  or 
leasehold improvement allowances, are recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. 

We  are  involved  in  routine  litigation  in  the  ordinary  course  of our business. A  provision  for  litigation  is  accrued  when  information 
available to us indicates that it is probable a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Significant 
judgment may be required to determine both the probability and estimates of loss. When the amount of the loss can only be estimated 
within a range, the most likely outcome within that range is accrued. If no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other 
amount,  the  minimum  amount  within  the  range  is  accrued.  When  uncertainties  exist  related  to  the  probable  outcome  of  litigation 
and/or the amount or range of loss, we do not record a liability, but disclose facts related to the nature of the contingency and possible 
losses if management considers the information to be material. Reserves for legal defense costs are recognized when incurred. The 
accruals for loss contingencies and legal costs are reviewed regularly and may be adjusted to reflect updated information on the status 
of litigation and advice of legal counsel.  In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of all pending litigation as of April 30, 
2019, will not have a material effect upon our consolidated financial condition or results of operations. 

Note 16 – Retirement Plans 

We  have  retirement  plans  that  cover  substantially  all  employees.  The  plans  generally  provide  for  employee  retirement  between  the 
ages 60 and 65, and benefits based on length of service and compensation, as defined. 

Our Board of Directors approved plan amendments that froze the following retirement plans:  

  Retirement Plan for the Employees of John Wiley & Sons, Canada was frozen effective December 31, 2015; 
  Retirement Plan for the Employees of John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., a U.K. plan was frozen effective April 30, 2015 and;  
  U.S.  Employees’  Retirement  Plan,  Supplemental  Benefit  Plan,  and  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan,  were  frozen 

effective June 30, 2013. 

We maintain the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for certain officers and senior management which provides for the payment 
of  supplemental  retirement  benefits  after  the  termination  of  employment  for  10  years  or  in  a  lifetime  annuity.  Under  certain 
circumstances, including a change of control as defined, the payment of such amounts could be accelerated on a present value basis. 
Future accrued benefits to this plan have been discontinued as noted above.  

The components of net pension expense (income) for the defined benefit plans and the weighted average assumptions were as follows:  

2019 

2018 

2017 

U.S. 

   Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

   Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

Service Cost  
Interest Cost  
Expected Return on Plan Assets  
Net Amortization of Prior Service Cost  
Recognized Net Actuarial Loss  
Curtailment/Settlement Loss   
Net Pension Expense (Income)  

$ 

$ 

—   $ 
11,704     
(13,472)     
(154)     
2,035     
—     
113   $ 

912   $ 
12,943     
(25,551)     
57     
3,746     
—     
(7,893)   $ 

960   $ 

—   $ 
11,666     

13,876  
(13,154)      (26,385)  
57  
3,832  
19  
(7,641)   $ 

(154)     
2,289     
-     
647   $ 

—   $ 
12,398     
(14,053)     
(154)     
2,622     
8,842     
9,655   $ 

   Non-U.S. 
967
14,449
(21,173)
54
2,553
—
(3,150)

Discount Rate  
Rate of Compensation Increase  
Expected Return on Plan Assets  

4.3%     
N/A     
6.8%     

2.6%     
3.0%     
6.5%     

4.1%     
N/A     
6.8%     

2.6%  
3.0%  
6.5%  

4.0%     
N/A     
6.8%     

3.5%
3.0%
6.7%

81 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
We  adopted  ASU 2017-07, “Compensation—Retirement  Benefits  (Topic  715):  Improving  the  Presentation of Net Periodic  Pension 
Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost,” on May 1, 2018.  Refer to Note 2, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, 
Recently  Issued  and  Recently  Adopted  Accounting  Standards,"  for  more  information.  The  guidance  requires  that  the  service  cost 
component of net pension and postretirement benefit costs be reported in the same line item as other compensation costs arising from 
services rendered by the pertinent employees during the period. Such amounts are reflected in Operating and Administrative Expenses 
on our Consolidated Statements of Income. The guidance requires that the other components of net benefit costs be reported separately 
from  the  service  cost  component  and  below  operating  income.  Such  amounts  are  reflected  in  Interest  Income  and  Other  on  our 
Consolidated Statements of Income. We were required to retrospectively adopt this guidance. 

We  announced  a  voluntary,  limited-time  opportunity  for  terminated  vested  employees  who  are  participants  in  the  U.S.  Employees’ 
Retirement Plan of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Pension Plan”) to request early payment of their entire Pension Plan benefit in the 
form  of  a  single  lump  sum  payment.  Eligible  participants who wished  to  receive  the  lump  sum  payment were  required  to  make  an 
election by August 29, 2016. Approximately 780 eligible participants made the election to receive the lump sum totaling $28.3 million 
which  was  paid  from  pension  plan  assets  in  October  2016.  Settlement  accounting  rules  were  applied,  which  resulted  in  a  plan 
remeasurement and recognition of a pro-rata portion of unamortized net actuarial loss of $8.8 million which was recorded in Operating 
and Administrative Expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income in the year ended April 30, 2017. 

The  projected  benefit  obligation,  accumulated  benefit  obligation,  and  fair  value  of  plan  assets  for  the  retirement  plans  with 
accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were $794.2 million, $762.8 million and $621.9 million, respectively, as of 
April 30, 2019, and $820.4 million, $787.6 million, and $624.4 million, respectively, as of April 30, 2018. 

The Recognized Net Actuarial Loss for each fiscal year is calculated using the “corridor method,” which reflects the amortization of 
the net loss at the beginning of the fiscal year in excess of 10% of the greater of the market value of plan assets or the projected benefit 
obligation. The amortization period is based on the average expected life of plan participants. 

We recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of defined benefit postretirement plans, measured as the difference between the 
fair value of plan assets and the projected benefit obligation, on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The change in the 
funded  status  of  the  plan  is  recognized  in  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Loss  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial 
Position. Plan assets and obligations are measured at fair value as of our balance sheet date. 

The  amounts  in Accumulated Other  Comprehensive  Loss  that  are  expected  to be recognized  as  components  of net  periodic benefit 
cost during the next fiscal year are as follows:  

Actuarial Loss  
Prior Service Cost  
Total  

U.S. 

   Non-U.S. 

Total 

$ 

$ 

2,390   $ 
(154)  
2,236   $ 

4,091   $ 
82     
4,173   $ 

6,481
(72)
6,409

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the changes in and the status of our defined benefit plans’ assets and benefit obligations: 

CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS 
Fair Value of Plan Assets, Beginning of Year  
Actual Return on Plan Assets  
Employer Contributions  
Employee Contributions  
Settlements  
Benefits Paid  
Foreign Currency Rate Changes  
Fair Value, End of Year  
CHANGE IN PROJECTED BENEFIT OBLIGATION  
Benefit Obligation, Beginning of Year  
Service Cost  
Interest Cost  
Actuarial Gains (Losses)  
Benefits Paid  
Foreign Currency Rate Changes  
Settlements and Other  
Benefit Obligation, End of Year  
Underfunded Status, End of Year 
AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED ON THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL 

POSITION 

Current Pension Liability  
Noncurrent Pension Liability  
Net Amount Recognized in Statement of Financial Position  
AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN ACCUMULATED OTHER 
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (BEFORE TAX) CONSIST OF 

Net Actuarial (Losses)  
Prior Service Cost Gains (Losses)  
Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss  
Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss  
WEIGHTED AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS USED IN DETERMINING 

ASSETS AND LIABILITIES 

Discount Rate  
Rate of Compensation Increase  
Accumulated Benefit Obligations  

Pension plan assets/investments: 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

2019 

2018 

U.S. 

   Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

   Non-U.S. 

204,983 $ 
9,705   
14,753   
—   
—   
(15,813)   
—   
213,628 $ 

(279,644) $ 
—   
(11,704)   
(9,662)   
15,813   
—   
—   
(285,197) $ 
(71,569) $ 

419,448  $ 
24,891    
11,872    
—    
—    
(16,282)    
(31,680)    
408,249  $ 

200,001 $  390,133
2,780
15,352   
8,385
5,020   
—
—   
(239)
-   
(15,909)
(15,390)   
34,298
—   
204,983 $  419,448

(540,686)  $ 
(912)    
(12,943)    
(11,013)    
16,282    
41,143    
(886)    
(509,015)  $ 
(100,766)  $ 

(290,785) $  (519,588)
(960)
—   
(13,876)
(11,666)   
23,528
7,417   
15,909
15,390   
(45,938)
—   
239
-   
(279,644) $  (540,686)
(74,661) $  (121,238)

(5,188)   
(66,381)   
(71,569) $ 

(816)    
(99,950)    
(100,766)  $ 

(4,818)   

(780)
(69,843)    (120,458)
(74,661) $  (121,238)

(94,028) $ 
2,408   
(91,620) $ 
(11,546) $ 

(177,157)  $ 
(1,154)    
(178,311)  $ 
5,446  $ 

2,562   

(82,636) $  (183,316)
(441)
(80,074) $  (183,757)
(11,708)

11,749 $ 

4.1%   
N/A   
(285,197) $ 

2.4%    
3.0%    
(477,561)  $ 

4.3%   
N/A   

2.6%
3.0%
(279,644) $  (507,932)

The investment guidelines for the defined benefit pension plans are established based upon an evaluation of market conditions, plan 
liabilities,  cash  requirements  for  benefit  payments,  and  tolerance  for  risk. Investment  guidelines  include  the  use  of  actively  and 
passively managed securities. The investment objective is to ensure that funds are available to meet the plans benefit obligations when 
they are due. The investment strategy is to invest in high quality and diversified equity and debt securities to achieve our long-term 
expectation.  The  plans’  risk  management  practices  provide  guidance  to  the  investment  managers,  including  guidelines  for  asset 
concentration, credit rating and liquidity.  Asset allocation favors a balanced portfolio, with a global aggregated target allocation of 
approximately 50% equity securities and 50% fixed income securities and cash.  Due to volatility in the market, the target allocation is 
not  always  desirable  and  asset  allocations  will  fluctuate  between  acceptable  ranges  of  plus  or  minus  5%.  We  regularly  review  the 
investment  allocations  and  periodically  rebalance  investments  to  the  target  allocations.  We  categorize  our  pension  assets  into  three 
levels based upon the assumptions (inputs) used to price the assets. Level 1 provides the most reliable measure of fair value, whereas 
Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment. The three levels are defined as follows: 

  Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. 
  Level  2:  Observable  inputs  other  than  those  included  in  Level  1. For  example,  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  in  active 

markets or quoted prices for identical assets in inactive markets. 

  Level 3: Unobservable inputs reflecting assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset. 

83 

 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
      
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
We did not maintain any level 3 assets during the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018. In accordance with ASU 2015-07, “Fair Value 
Measurement (“Topic 820”), certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value (“NAV”) per share (or its 
equivalent) practical expedient do not have to be classified in the fair value hierarchy. We adopted ASU 2015-07 in the year ended 
April 30, 2018 and it was applied retrospectively to all periods presented. The fair value amounts presented in the following tables are 
intended  to  permit  reconciliation  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy  to  the  amounts  presented  for  the  total  pension  benefit  plan  assets.  The 
following tables set forth, by level within the fair value hierarchy, pension plan assets at their fair value as of April 30:  

Level 1 

2019 
   Level 2 

   Total 

  Level 1 

2018 
   Level 2 

Total 

U.S. Plan Assets  
Investments measured at NAV: 
Global Equity Securities: Limited Partnership 
Fixed Income Securities: Commingled Trust Funds   
Other: Real Estate Commingled Trust Fund 
Total Assets at NAV 
Non-U.S. Plan Assets  
Equity Securities:  
U.S. Equities 
Non-U.S. Equities 

$ 

Balanced Managed Funds  
Fixed Income Securities: Commingled Funds 
Other: 

Real Estate/Other  
Cash and Cash Equivalents  

Total Non-U.S. Plan Assets  
Total Plan Assets  

$ 
$ 

 $

 $

109,490  
104,138  
—  
213,628  

  $ 

  $ 

95,933
100,295
8,755
204,983

—  $ 
—    
—    
855    

—    
1,396    
2,251  $ 
2,251  $ 

39,652  $
117,575    
48,550    
199,720    

501    
—    
405,998  $
405,998  $

39,652 $ 
117,575   
48,550   
200,575   

501   
1,396   
408,249 $ 
621,877 $ 

—  $ 
—    
—    
—    

31,203  $ 
96,387    
91,743    
197,804    

—    
1,762    
1,762  $ 
1,762  $ 

549    
—    
417,686  $ 
417,686  $ 

31,203
96,387
91,743
197,804

549
1,762
419,448
624,431

Expected employer contributions to the defined benefit pension plans in the year ended April 30, 2020 will be approximately $17.0 
million,  including  $11.7  million  of  minimum  amounts  required  for  our  non-U.S.  plans.  From  time  to  time,  we  may  elect  to  make 
voluntary  contributions  to  our  defined  benefit  plans  to  improve  their  funded  status.  Included  in  our  defined  benefit  pension 
contributions for the year ended April 30, 2019 was a discretionary contribution of $10.0 million to the U.S. Employees' Retirement 
Plan of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 

Benefit payments to retirees from all defined benefit plans are expected to be the following in the fiscal year indicated: 

Fiscal Year 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

Total 

2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 – 2029  
Total  

$ 

$ 

16,287
14,741
14,894
15,259
15,436
76,053
152,670

 $ 

 $ 

8,868
9,610
11,019
11,433
12,097
71,732
124,759

$ 

$ 

25,155
24,351
25,913
26,692
27,533
147,785
277,429

We provide contributory life insurance and health care benefits, subject to certain dollar limitations, for substantially all of our eligible 
retired U.S. employees. The retiree health benefit is no longer available for any employee who retires after December 31, 2017. This 
resulted in a curtailment gain of $2.5 million which was recognized in the Operating and Administrative Expenses line item in our 
Consolidated Statement of Income in the year ended April 30, 2017. The cost of such benefits is expensed over the years the employee 
renders  service  and  is  not  funded  in  advance.  The  accumulated  post-retirement  benefit  obligation  recognized  on  the  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Financial  Position  as  of  April  30,  2019  and  2018,  was  $1.6  million  and  $1.8  million,  respectively.  Annual  (credits) 
expenses for these plans for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018, and 2017 were $(0.1) million, $(0.1) million and $(0.2) million, 
respectively. 

We have defined contribution savings plans. Our contribution is based on employee contributions and the level of our match. We may 
make discretionary contributions to all employees as a group. The expense recorded for these plans was approximately $13.1 million, 
$14.4 million, and $15.5 million in the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018, and 2017 respectively. 

84 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
    
   
    
    
 
   
  
  
   
   
 
   
   
   
  
   
   
 
   
  
   
   
 
   
   
  
    
    
   
    
    
  
    
    
   
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
   
    
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 17 – Stock-Based Compensation 

All equity compensation plans have been approved by shareholders. Under the 2014 Key Employee Stock Plan, (“the Plan”), qualified 
employees are eligible to receive awards that may include stock options, performance-based stock awards, and other restricted stock 
awards. Under the Plan, a maximum number of 6.5 million shares of our Class A stock may be issued. As of April 30, 2019, there 
were  approximately  4,355,399  securities  remaining  available  for  future  issuance  under  the  Plan.  We  issue  treasury  shares  to  fund 
awards issued under the Plan. 

Stock Option Activity: 

Under the terms of our stock option plan, the exercise price of stock options granted may not be less than 100% of the fair market 
value of the stock at the date of grant. Options are exercisable over a maximum period of 10 years from the date of grant. For the years 
ended April 30, 2015 and prior, options generally vest 50% on the fourth and fifth anniversary date after the award is granted. For the 
year ended April 30, 2016, options vest 25% per year on April 30. We did not grant any stock option awards in the years ended April 
30, 2019, 2018 and 2017. As of April 30, 2019, all outstanding options have vested allowing the participant the right to exercise their 
awards. 

The following table provides the estimated weighted average fair value for options granted in the year ended April 30, 2016 using the 
Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the significant weighted average assumptions used in their determination. The expected life 
represents  an  estimate  of  the  period  of  time  stock  options  will  be  outstanding  based  on  the  historical  exercise  behavior  of  option 
recipients. The risk-free interest rate is based on the corresponding U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The 
expected  volatility  is  based  on  the  historical  volatility  of  our  Common  Stock  price  over  the  estimated  life  of  the  option,  while  the 
dividend yield is based on the expected dividend payments to be made by us. 

Fair Value of Options on Grant Date 

Weighted Average assumptions: 
Expected Life of Options (years) 
Risk-Free Interest Rate 
Expected Volatility 
Expected Dividend Yield 
Fair Value of Common Stock on Grant Date 

2016 

$ 

14.77

7.2
2.1%
29.7%
2.1%
55.99

$ 

A summary of the activity and status of our stock option plans follows: 

2019 

2018 

2017 

Number 
of 
Options 
(in 000’s)   

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Term 
(in years)    

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 
(in 
millions)    

Outstanding at Beginning of Year  
Granted  
Exercised  
Expired or Forfeited  
Outstanding at End of Year  
Exercisable at End of Year  
Vested and Expected to Vest in the 

611   $ 
—   $ 
(229)   $ 
(10)   $ 
372   $ 
372   $ 

48.88  
—  
47.21  
56.97  
49.70  
49.70  

Future at April 30  

372   $ 

49.70  

2.8  $ 
2.8  $ 

2.8  $ 

0.8   
0.8   

0.8   

Number 
of 
Options 
(in 000’s)   

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Number 
of 
Options 
(in 000’s)   

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

1,429  $ 
—  $ 
(788)  $ 
(30)  $ 
611  $ 
530  $ 

47.39  
—  
45.97  
54.24  
48.88  
47.43  

1,966  $ 
—  $ 
(469)  $ 
(68)  $ 
1,429  $ 
1,064  $ 

46.62
—
43.74
49.91
47.39
46.04

599  $ 

48.90  

1,249  $ 

45.88

The intrinsic value is the difference between our common stock price and the option grant price. The total intrinsic value of options 
exercised during the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018, and 2017 was $4.4 million, $10.4 million, and $20.5 million, respectively. The 
total  grant  date  fair  value  of  stock  options  vested  during  the  years  ended  April  30,  2019  and  2018  was  $4.8  and  $13.4  million, 
respectively. 

As of April 30, 2019, there is no unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to stock options. 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at April 30, 2019: 

Range of Exercise Prices 

$35.04 
$39.53 to $40.02 
$48.06 to $49.55 
$55.99 to $59.70 
Total/Average 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Term 
(in years) 

Weighted 
Average  
Exercise Price 

Number 
of Options 
(in 000’s) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

0.2  $ 
2.3  $ 
2.3  $ 
3.6  $ 
2.8  $ 

35.04  
39.71  
48.69  
57.87  
49.70  

11   $ 
101   $ 
106   $ 
154   $ 
372   $ 

35.04
39.71
48.69
57.87
49.70

Number 
of Options 
(in 000’s)    
11  
101  
106  
154  
372  

Performance-Based and Other Restricted Stock Activity: 

Under  the  terms  of  our  long-term  incentive  plans,  performance-based  restricted  unit  awards  are  payable  in  restricted  shares  of  our 
Class  A  Common  Stock  upon  the  achievement  of  certain  three-year  financial  performance-based  targets.  During  each  three-year 
period, we adjust compensation expense based upon our best estimate of expected performance. For the years ended April 30, 2015 
and  prior,  restricted  performance  shares  vest  50%  on  the  first  and  second  anniversary  date  after  the  award  is  earned.  For  the  years 
ended April 30, 2016 and 2017, restricted performance shares vest 50% on June 30 following the end of the three-year performance 
cycle and 50% on April 30 of the following year. Beginning in the year ended April 30, 2018, restricted performance share units vest 
100% on June 30 following the end of the three-year performance cycle. 

We may also grant individual restricted unit awards payable in restricted shares of our Class A Common Stock to key employees in 
connection with their employment. For the years ended April 30,  2015 and prior, the restricted shares generally vest 50% at the end of 
the  fourth  and  fifth  years  following  the  date  of  the grant.  Starting  with the  year  ended  April  30, 2016 grants, restricted  shares vest 
ratably 25% per year. 

Under certain circumstances relating to a change of control or termination, as defined, the restrictions would lapse, and shares would 
vest earlier. 

Activity  for  performance-based  and  other  restricted  stock  awards  during  the  years  ended  April  30,  2019,  2018,  and  2017  was  as 
follows (shares in thousands): 

Nonvested Shares at Beginning of Year 
Granted  
Change in Shares Due to Performance  
Vested and Issued  
Forfeited  
Nonvested Shares at End of Year  

2019 

2018 

2017 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Value 

Restricted 
Shares 

Restricted 
Shares 

Restricted 
Shares 

861   $ 
415   $ 
(19)   $ 
(357)   $ 
(144)   $ 
756   $ 

53.22   
62.63   
44.17   
54.95   
55.37   
57.38   

913  
525  
(107)  
(318)  
(152)  
861  

915
509
(67)
(267)
(177)
913

As of April 30, 2019, there was $28.1 million of unrecognized share-based compensation cost related to performance-based and other 
restricted stock awards, which is expected to be recognized over a period up to 4 years, or 2.2 years on a weighted average basis.  

Compensation expense for restricted stock awards is measured using the closing market price of our Class A Common Stock at the 
date of grant. The total grant date value of shares vested during the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018, and 2017 was $19.6 million, 
$15.7 million, and $12.1 million, respectively. 

President and CEO New Hire Equity Awards 

On October 17, 2017, we announced Brian A. Napack as the new President and Chief Executive Officer of Wiley effective December 
4, 2017 (the "Commencement Date").  Upon the Commencement Date, Mr. Napack also became a member of our Board of Directors 
86 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
(the "Board").  In connection with his appointment, Wiley and Mr. Napack entered into an employment offer letter (the "Employment 
Agreement").  

The  Employment  Agreement  provides  that  beginning  with  the  year  ended  April  30,  2018–2020  performance  cycle,  eligibility  to 
participate in annual grants under our Executive Long-Term Incentive Program (ELTIP). Targeted long-term incentive for this cycle is 
equal to 300% of base salary, or $2.7 million. Sixty percent of the ELTIP value will be delivered in the form of target performance 
share  units  and  forty  percent  in  restricted  share  units.  The  grant  date  fair  value  for  restricted  share  units  was  $59.15  per  share  and 
included 20,611 restricted share units, which vest 25% each year starting on April 30, 2018 to April 30, 2021. In addition, there was a 
performance share unit award with a target of 30,916 units and a grant date fair value of $59.15. The performance metrics are based on 
cumulative EBITDA for the year ended April 30, 2018-2020 and cumulative normalized free cash flow for the year ended April 30, 
2018–2020.    

The awards are described in further detail in Mr. Napack’s Employment Agreement filed with the SEC as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on October 17, 2017. 

In  addition,  the  Employment  Agreement  provides  for  a  sign-on  grant  of  restricted  share  units,  with  a  grant  value  of  $4.0  million, 
converted to shares using our Class A closing stock price as of the Commencement Date, and vesting in two equal installments on the 
first  and  second  anniversaries  of  the  employment  date.  The  grant  date  fair  value  for  this  award  was  $59.15  per  share  and  included 
67,625 units at the date of grant. Grants are subject to forfeiture in the case of voluntary termination prior to vesting and accelerated 
vesting in the case of earlier termination of employment without Cause, due to death or Disability or Constructive Discharge, or upon 
a Change in Control (as such terms are defined in the Employment Agreement). 

The awards are described in further detail in Mr. Napack’s Employment Agreement filed with the SEC as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on October 17, 2017. 

Director Stock Awards: 

Under the terms of our 2018 Director Stock Plan (the “Director Plan”), each non-employee director, other than the Chairman of the 
Board,  receives  an  annual  award  of  restricted  shares  of  our  Class  A  Common  Stock  equal  in  value  to  100%  of  the  annual  director 
stock retainer fee, based on the stock price at the close of the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant. Such restricted shares 
will vest on the earliest of (i) the day before the next Annual Meeting following the grant, (ii) the non-employee director’s death or 
disability  (as  determined  by  the  Governance  Committee),  or  (iii)  a  change  in  control  (as  defined  in  the  2014  Key  Employee  Stock 
Plan). The granted  shares  may  not be  sold  or  transferred  during  the  time  the non-employee  director  remains  a director.  There were 
18,991 restricted shares awarded under the Director Plan for the year ended April 30, 2019, and 19,900, and 20,243 shares awarded 
under the Director Plan for the years ended April 30, 2018, and 2017, respectively. 

Note 18 – Capital Stock and Changes in Capital Accounts 

Each share of our Class B Common Stock is convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock. The holders of Class A stock are 
entitled to elect 30% of the entire Board of Directors and the holders of Class B stock are entitled to elect the remainder. On all other 
matters, each share of Class A stock is entitled to one tenth of one vote and each share of Class B stock is entitled to one vote. 

During the year ended April 30, 2017, our Board of Directors approved an additional share repurchase program of four million shares 
of Class A or B Common Stock. We repurchased in the year ended April 30, 2019 1,191,496 Class A shares at an average price of 
$50.35 per share. In the year ended April 30, 2018, we repurchased 713,177 shares at an average price of $55.65 per share. In the year 
ended April 30, 2017, we repurchased 953,188 shares, which included 952,667 Class A shares and 521 Class B shares at an average 
price  of  $52.80  per  share.  As  of  April  30,  2019,  we  had  authorization  from  our  Board  of  Directors  to  purchase  up  to  1,888,975 
additional shares. 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following is a summary of changes during the years ended April 30, in shares of our common stock and common stock in treasury 
(shares in thousands). 

Changes in Common Stock A: 
Number of shares, beginning of year 
Common stock class conversions and other 
Number of shares issued, end of year 

Changes in Common Stock A in treasury: 
Number of shares held, beginning of year 
Purchase of treasury shares 
Restricted shares issued under stock-based compensation plans - non-PSU Awards 
Restricted shares issued under stock-based compensation plans - PSU Awards 
Stock grants of fully vested Class A shares - common stock 
Restricted shares, forfeited 
Restricted shares issued from exercise of stock options 
Shares withheld for taxes 
Other 
Number of shares held, end of year 
Number of Common Stock A outstanding, end of year 

Changes in Common Stock B: 
Number of shares, beginning of year 
Common stock class conversions and other 
Number of shares issued, end of year 

Changes in Common Stock B in treasury: 
Number of shares held, beginning of year 
Shares repurchased 
Number of shares held, end of year 
Number of Common Stock B outstanding, end of year 

2019 

2018 

2017 

70,111    
16    
70,127    

70,086    
25    
70,111    

21,853    
1,192    
(210)    
(110)    
—   
9    
(229)    
130    
(1)   
22,634    
47,493    

22,097    
713    
(153)    
(126)    
(20)   
15    
(788)    
116    
(1)   
21,853    
48,258    

69,798
288
70,086

21,709
953
(74)
(186)
(24)
8
(469)
97
83
22,097
47,989

2019 

2018 

2017 

13,071    
(16)    
13,055    

13,096    
(25)    
13,071    

13,392
(296)
13,096

3,918    
—
3,918    
9,137    

3,918    
—
3,918    
9,153    

3,917
1
3,918
9,178

The following table summarizes the cash dividends paid during the year ended April 30, 2019: 

Date of Declaration by 
Board of Directors 

Quarterly Cash 
Dividend 

Total 
Dividend 

June 21, 2018 

$0.33 per common share $19.0 million 

September 26, 2018 

$0.33 per common share $18.9 million 

December 19, 2018 

$0.33 per common share $18.9 million 

March 20, 2019 

$0.33 per common share $18.6 million 

Note 19 – Segment Information 

Class of Common 
Stock 
Class A and  
Class B 
Class A and  
Class B 
Class A and  
Class B 
Class A and  
Class B 

Dividend Paid Date 

Shareholders of 
Record as of Date 

July 18, 2018 

October 24, 2018 

January 16, 2019 

April 17, 2019 

July 3, 2018 

October 9, 2018 

January 2, 2019 

April 2, 2019 

Our segment reporting structure consists of three reportable segments, which are listed below and a Corporate category as follows: 

  Research; 
  Publishing; and 
  Solutions 

88 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segment information is as follows:  

Revenue: 

Research 
Publishing 
Solutions 
Total Revenue 

Contribution to Profit (1): 

Research 
Publishing 
Solutions 

Total Contribution to Profit 
Corporate Expenses 
Operating Income 

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2017 
2018 
2019 

$ 

937,313  $ 
574,192    
288,564    

853,489
633,449
231,592
$  1,800,069  $  1,796,103  $  1,718,530

934,395  $ 
617,648    
244,060    

$ 

$ 

$ 

258,875  $ 
118,901    
14,967    
392,743  $ 
(168,754)    
223,989  $ 

271,326  $ 
121,639    
22,099    
415,064  $ 
(183,603)    
231,461  $ 

250,648
124,531
14,822
390,001
(178,531)
211,470

(1) Due to the retrospective adoption of ASU 2017-07, total net benefits (costs) of $8.1 million and $(5.3) million related to the non-
service components of defined benefit and other post-employment benefit plans were reclassified from Operating and Administrative 
Expenses  to  Interest  Income  and  Other  for  the  years  ended  April  30,  2018  and  2017,  respectively.  Refer  to  Note  2,  "Summary  of 
Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards," for more information. The impact of 
the reclassification on Contribution to Profit by segment for the year ended April 30, 2018 was $4.2 million in Research, $2.3 million 
in Publishing, and $1.6 million in Corporate expenses. The impact of the reclassification on Contribution to Profit by segment for the 
year ended April 30, 2017 was $1.6 million in Research, $1.2 million in Publishing, and $(8.1) million in Corporate expenses. 

See Note 3, “Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers,” for revenue from contracts with customers disaggregated by segment 
and product type for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 

Total Assets  
Research  
Publishing  
Solutions  
Corporate  
Total  

Product Development Spending and Additions to Technology, Property 
and Equipment 
Research  
Publishing  
Solutions  
Corporate  
Total  

Depreciation and Amortization  
Research  
Publishing  
Solutions  
Corporate  
Total  

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2018 

2017 

2019 

1,152,973   $ 
643,549     
751,854     
388,626     
2,937,002   $ 

1,238,178   $ 
575,033     
563,489     
462,751     
2,839,451   $ 

1,133,846
582,339
575,068
314,964
2,606,217

(6,457)   $ 
(19,712)     
(9,001)     
(66,423)     
(101,593)   $ 

(7,538)   $ 
(23,666)     
(16,786)     
(102,738)     
(150,728)   $ 

37,088   $ 
33,892     
34,300     
55,875     
161,155   $ 

33,655   $ 
39,495     
27,703     
53,136     
153,989   $ 

(154,189)
(29,420)
(21,210)
(98,608)
(303,427)

29,330
43,831
26,792
56,608
156,561

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

89 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
  
  
 
 
 
Revenue  from  external  customers  is  based  on  the  location  of  the  customer  and  Technology,  Property  and  Equipment,  Net  by 
geographic area were as follows:  

United States 
United Kingdom 
Germany 
Japan 
Australia 
China 
Canada 
France 
India 
Other Countries 
Total 

$ 

$ 

2019 

Revenue, net 
2018 
913,852  $ 
147,406    
98,404    
81,572    
78,270    
53,076    
55,568    
51,826    
41,637    
274,492    
1,800,069  $  1,796,103  $ 

932,927  $ 
150,242    
97,505    
77,145    
77,453    
55,024    
50,882    
51,441    
36,472    
270,978    

   Technology, Property and Equipment, Net 

2017 

2019 

2018 

2017 

786,574   $ 
189,479     
75,090     
62,674     
66,309     
39,653     
50,740     
44,760     
34,306     
368,945     
1,718,530   $ 

252,459  $ 
18,331    
8,423    
87    
1,440    
688    
2,659    
403    
1,299    
3,232    
289,021  $ 

249,542   $ 
20,955     
9,259     
72     
1,454     
229     
3,635     
635     
1,437     
2,716     
289,934   $ 

208,572
21,368
8,770
75
591
270
1,232
335
245
1,600
243,058

Note 20 – Supplementary Quarterly Financial Information - Results By Quarter (Unaudited) 

Amounts in millions, except per share data 
Revenue, net 
First Quarter  
Second Quarter  
Third Quarter  
Fourth Quarter  
Year ended April 30,   

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2019 

2018 

410.9   $ 
448.6     
449.4     
491.2     

411.4
451.7
455.7
477.3
1,800.1   $  1,796.1

283.1   $ 
316.0     
305.5     
340.7     

285.5
319.6
319.3
340.7
1,245.3   $  1,265.1

12.6
80.8
65.4
72.7
231.5

9.2
60.0
68.8
54.2
192.2

36.1   $ 
57.5     
50.3     
80.1     
224.0   $ 

26.3   $ 
43.8     
34.9     
63.3     
168.3   $ 

2018 

2019 

Basic 

   Diluted 

Basic 

   Diluted 

$ 

$ 

0.46   $ 
0.76     
0.61     
1.11     
2.94   $ 

0.45   $ 
0.76  
0.61  
1.10  
2.91   $ 

0.16   $ 
1.06     
1.21     
0.95     
3.37   $ 

0.16
1.04
1.19
0.93
3.32

90 

Gross Profit (1) 
First Quarter  
Second Quarter  
Third Quarter  
Fourth Quarter  
Year ended April 30,   

Operating Income (2) 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 
Year ended April 30,  

Net Income  
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 
Year ended April 30,  

Earnings Per Share (3) 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 
Year ended April 30,  

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
    
     
 
    
     
 
  
  
  
  
    
     
 
    
     
 
  
  
  
  
    
     
 
    
     
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
(1) In connection with the acquisition of Learning House, we changed our accounting policy for certain advertising and marketing costs 
incurred by our Education Services business to fulfill performance obligations from contracts with educational institutions. Under 
the  new  accounting  policy,  these  costs  are  included  in  Cost  of  Sales  whereas  they  were  previously  included  in  Operating  and 
Administrative Expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income. This change in accounting policy was applied retrospectively. 

This reclassification had no impact on Revenue, net, Operating Income, Net Income, or Earnings per Share. Refer to “Change in 
Accounting Policy” in Note 2, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting 
Standards," for more information on the accounting policy change and Note 4, “Acquisition,” for more information related to the 
acquisition of Learning House. 

(2) Due to the retrospective adoption of ASU 2017-07, “Compensation—Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation 
of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost,”, we reclassified total net benefits related to the non-
service  components  of  defined  benefit  and  other  post-employment  benefit  plans  from  Operating  and  Administrative  Expenses  to 
Interest  and  Other  Income  (Expense)  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income.  Refer  to  Note  2,  “Summary  of  Significant 
Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards,” for more information. 

(3) The sum of the quarterly earnings per share amounts may not agree to the respective annual amounts due to rounding. 

Note 21 – Subsequent Events 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement: 

On May 30, 2019, we entered into a credit agreement that amended and restated our existing RCA. The credit agreement provides for 
senior unsecured  credit  facilities  comprised  of  a  (i) five-year revolving credit facility  in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  up to  $1.25 
billion, and (ii) a five-year term loan A facility consisting of $250 million. The agreement contains certain customary affirmative and 
negative covenants, including a financial covenant in the form of a consolidated net leverage ratio and consolidated interest coverage 
ratio. We incurred approximately $4.0 million of costs related to this agreement. 

Acquisitions: 

On May 31, 2019, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of Knewton, Inc. (“Knewton”), included in our Publishing segment. 
Knewton is a provider of affordable courseware and adaptive learning technology for an undisclosed amount. 

On July 1, 2019, we completed the acquisition of Zyante Inc. ("Zyante"), a leading provider of computer science and STEM education 
courseware.  Under  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  Zyante  shareholders  received  $56  million  in  cash.  Zyante  will  be  included  in  our 
Education Publishing segment. 

Dividend: 

On June 28, 2019, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.34 per share, or approximately $19.2 million, on our 
Class A and Class B Common Stock.  The dividend is payable on July 24, 2019 to shareholders of record on July 10, 2019.       

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures: The Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, together with the Chief 
Accounting  Officer  and  other  members  of  the  Company's  management,  have  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the  Company's  disclosure 
controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") 
as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
have  concluded  that  the  Company's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be 
disclosed by the Company in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported 
within  the  time  periods  specified  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission's  rules  and  forms  and  (ii)  accumulated  and 
communicated  to  the  Company's  management,  including  its  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate  to 
allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting: Our Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining 
adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(f)  of  the  Exchange  Act.   Under  the 
supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  we 
conducted  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  upon  the  framework  in  Internal 
Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based 
on that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of April 30, 2019. 

KPMG  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  has  audited  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued their report, included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal 
control over financial reporting. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting: During fiscal year 2019, we closed on the acquisition of Learning House and 
we excluded Learning House from the scope of management’s report on internal control over financial reporting for the year ended 
April 30, 2019. We are in the process of integrating Learning House to our overall internal control over financial reporting and will 
include them in scope for the year ending April 30, 2020. This process may result in additions or changes to our internal control over 
financial  reporting.  Learning  House  represented  approximately  1%  of  total  consolidated  assets  and  approximately  2%  of  total 
consolidated revenues of the Company as of and for the year ended April 30, 2019. 

We are in the process of implementing a new global ERP that will enhance our business and financial processes and standardize our 
information systems. As previously disclosed, we have completed the implementation of record-to-report, purchase-to-pay and several 
other business processes within all locations through fiscal year 2017. We completed the implementation of order-to-cash for certain 
businesses in May 2018 and may continue to roll out additional processes and functionality of the ERP in phases in the foreseeable 
future. 

As with any new information system we implement, this application, along with the internal controls over financial reporting included 
in  this  process,  will  require  testing  for  effectiveness.  In  connection  with  this  ERP  implementation,  we  are  updating  our  internal 
controls over financial reporting, as necessary, to accommodate modifications to our business processes and accounting procedures. 
We do not believe that the ERP implementation will have an adverse effect on our internal control over financial reporting. 

Except as described above, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 
2019 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B.  Other Information 

None 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

For information with respect to Executive Officers of the Company, see “Information About Our Executive Officers” as set forth in 
Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

The name, age, and background of each of the directors nominated for election are contained under the caption “Election of Directors” 
in  the  Proxy  Statement  for  our  2019  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  (“2019  Proxy  Statement”)  and  are  incorporated  herein  by 
reference. 

Information on the audit committee financial experts is contained in the 2019 Proxy Statement under the caption “Report of the Audit 
Committee” and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Information on the Audit Committee Charter is contained in the 2019 Proxy Statement under the caption “Committees of the Board of 
Directors and Certain Other Information concerning the Board.” 

Information  with  respect  to  the  Company's  Corporate  Governance  principles  is  publicly  available  on  the  Company's  Corporate 
Governance website at https://www.wiley.com/en-us/corporategovernance. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

Information  on  compensation  of  the  directors  and  executive  officers  is  contained  in  the  2019  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions 
“Directors' Compensation” and “Executive Compensation,” respectively, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Information on the beneficial ownership reporting for the directors and executive officers is contained under the caption "Section 16(a) 
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" within the "Beneficial Ownership of Directors and Management" section of the 2019 
Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. Information on the beneficial ownership reporting for all other shareholders 
that own 5% of more of the Company's Class A or Class B Common Stock is contained under the caption "Voting Securities, Record 
Date, Principal Holders" in the 2019 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

The following table summarizes the Company's equity compensation plan information as of April 30, 2019: 

Plan Category 
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders  

Number of 
Securities to be 
Issued Upon Exercise 
of Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights (1)   
1,128,823 

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price of 
Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights   
49.70   

  $ 

Number of 
Securities Remaining 
Available for Future 
Issuance Under Equity 
Compensation Plans (2) 
4,355,399 

(1)  This amount includes the following awards issued under the 2014 Key Employee Stock Plan: 

 
 

372,404 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $49.70 
756,419 non-vested performance-based and other restricted stock awards. Since these awards have no exercise price, they are 
not included in the weighted average exercise price calculation.  

(2)  Per the terms of the 2014 Key Employee Stock Plan (“Plan”), a total of 6,500,000 shares shall be authorized for awards granted 
under the Plan, less one (1) share for every one (1) share that was subject to an option or stock appreciation right granted after 
April 30, 2014 under the 2009 Key Employee Stock Plan and 1.76 Shares for every one (1) share that was subject to an award 
other  than  an  option  or  stock  appreciation  right  granted  after  April  30,  2014  under  the  2009  Key  Employee  Stock  Plan. Any 
shares that are subject to options or stock appreciation rights shall be counted against this limit as one (1) share for every one (1) 
share granted, and any shares that are subject to awards other than options or stock appreciation rights shall be counted against 
this limit as 1.76 Shares for every one (1) share granted. After the Effective Date of the Plan, no awards may be granted under the 
2009 Key Employee Stock Plan.   

All of the Company's equity compensation plans are approved by shareholders. 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Information on related party transactions and the policies and procedures for reviewing and approving related party transactions are 
contained under the caption “Transactions with Related Persons” within the “Board and Committee Oversight of Risk” section of the 
2019 Proxy Statement and are incorporated herein by reference. 

Information  on  director  independence  is  contained  under  the  caption  “Director  Independence”  within  the  “Board  of  Directors  and 
Corporate Governance” section of the 2019 Proxy Statement. 

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

Information required by this item is contained in the 2019 Proxy Statement under the caption “Report of the Audit Committee” and is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules  

(a) Documents filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

(1) Financial Statements 

See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(2) Financial Statement Schedule 

See Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves — Years Ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. The other schedules are omitted as they are not applicable, or the amounts involved are not material. 

(3) Exhibits 

(a) 

(b) 
3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3* 
10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14* 

See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are filed as part 
of this report. 
Exhibits 
Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year 
ended April 30, 1992). 
Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated October 13, 1995 (incorporated by reference to the
Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 1996). 
Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated as of September 1998 (incorporated by reference to 
the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1998). 
Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated as of September 1999 (incorporated by reference to 
the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1999). 
Amended  and  Restated  By-Laws  dated  as  of  September  2007  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's  Report  on
Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2018). 
Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  dated  May  30,  2019,  among  the  Company  and  Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  as
Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, and L/C Issuer, and the lenders and other agents party thereto (incorporated 
by reference to the Company's Report on Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2019). 
Agreement of the Lease dated as of July 14, 2014 between Hub Properties Trust as Landlord, an independent third party
and  John  Wiley  and  Sons,  Inc  as  Tenant  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the 
quarterly period ended July 31, 2014). 
2018 Director Stock Plan 
2014  Executive  Annual  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the 
quarterly period ended October 31, 2014). 
Amended  2014  Key  Employee  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the 
quarterly period ended October 31, 2014). 
Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  as  Amended  and  Restated  effective  as  of  January  1,  2009  (incorporated  by 
reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2010). 
Amendments  A  and  B  to  the  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan as  Amended  and  Restated  Effective  January  1, 
2009 (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2010). 
Resolution amending the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan to Cease Accruals and Freeze Participation effective
June 30, 2013 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2013) 
Supplemental Benefit Plan Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2009, including amendments through August 1, 2010
(incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended January 31, 2011). 
Resolution amending the Supplemental Benefit (Retirement) Plan to Cease Accruals and Freeze Participation effective
June 30, 2013 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2013). 
Deferred Compensation Plan as Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to the
Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2010). 
Resolution  amending  the  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  effective  July  1,  2013  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2013). 
Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  Directors'  2005  &  After  Compensation  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Report  on
Form 8-K, filed December 21, 2005). 
Form of the Fiscal Year 2020 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
10.15* 
10.16* 
10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

10.29 

10.30* 
10.31 

10.32 

21* 
23* 
31.1* 
31.2* 
32.1* 

32.2* 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2020 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan 
Form of the Fiscal Year 2020 Executive Annual Strategic Milestones Incentive Plan 
Form  of  the  Fiscal  Year  2019  Qualified  Executive  Long  Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2018). 
Form of the Fiscal Year 2019 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2018). 
Form  of  the  Fiscal  Year 2019  Executive Annual Strategic  Milestones  Incentive Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2018). 
Form  of  the  Fiscal  Year  2018  Qualified  Executive  Long  Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2017). 
Form of the Fiscal Year 2018 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2017). 
Form  of  the  Fiscal  Year 2018  Executive Annual Strategic  Milestones  Incentive Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2017).  
Senior  Executive  Employment  Agreement  to  Arbitrate  dated  as  of  April  29,  2003  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the
Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2003). 
Senior Executive Non-competition and Non-Disclosure Agreement dated as of April 29, 2003 (incorporated by reference 
to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2003). 
Senior  Executive  Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  April  15,  2015  between  Mark  Allin  and  the  Company
(incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 8-K dated as of April 15, 2015). 
Separation and Release Agreement, effective June 9, 2017, between Mark Allin, former President and Chief Executive
Officer and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 
31, 2017). 
Senior  executive  Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  May  20,  2013  between  John  A.  Kritzmacher  and  the  Company
(incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 8-K dated as of June 4, 2013). 
Addendum  to  the  Employment  Agreement,  effective  June  26,  2017,  between  John  A.  Kritzmacher,  and  the  Company
(incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 31, 2017). 
Senior executive Employment Agreement letter dated as of March 15, 2004, between Gary M. Rinck and the Company
(incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2011). 
Employment Letter dated September 26, 2016 between Judy Verses, Executive Vice President, and the Company. 
Employment Letter dated October 12, 2017 between Brian A. Napack, President and Chief Executive Officer, and the
Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 31, 2017). 
Employment Letter dated February 5, 2019 between Matthew Kissner, Group Executive, and the Company (incorporated 
by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on February 7, 2019). 
List of Subsidiaries of the Company. 
Consent of KPMG LLP. 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

101.INS**  XBRL Instance Document 
101.SCH**  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 
101.CAL**  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 
101.DEF**  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 
101.LAB**  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 
101.PRE**  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

*  Filed herewith 

** Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this interactive data file is deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or 

prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections 

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary 

None. 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2) Financial Statement Schedule 

Schedule II 

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 2019, 2018, AND 2017 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Description 

Year Ended April 30, 2019 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 
Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 
Valuation Allowance on Deferred Tax Assets 

Year Ended April 30, 2018 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 
Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 
Valuation Allowance on Deferred Tax Assets 

Year Ended April 30, 2017 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 
Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 
Valuation Allowance on Deferred Tax Assets 

Balance at 
Beginning  
of Period 

Charged to 
Expenses 

Deductions 
From Reserves 
and Other(2) 

Balance at 
End of Period 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

18,628  $ 
10,107  $ 
18,193  $ 
8,811  $ 

24,300  $ 
7,186  $ 
21,096  $ 
1,300  $ 

19,861  $ 
7,254  $ 
21,968  $ 
—  $ 

37,483   $ 
5,279   $ 
7,328   $ 
51  $ 

38,711   $ 
5,439   $ 
9,182   $ 
7,511  $ 

53,482   $ 
2,913   $ 
9,538   $ 
1,300  $ 

37,569   $
1,079   $
9,696   $
(12,317)  $

44,383   $ 
2,518   $
12,085   $
—  $

49,043   $
2,981   $
10,410   $
— 

18,542
14,307
15,825
21,179

18,628
10,107
18,193
8,811

24,300
7,186
21,096
1,300

(1)  Allowance  for  Sales  Returns  represents  anticipated  returns  net  of  a  recovery  of  inventory  and  royalty  costs.  The  provision  is 
reported  as  a  reduction  of  gross  sales  to  arrive  at  revenue  and  the  reserve  balance  is  reported  as  a  reduction  of  Accounts 
Receivable, net (in the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017) with a corresponding increase in Inventories, net and a reduction in 
Accrued Royalties for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017. Due to the adoption of the new revenue standard, the sales 
return reserve as of April 30, 2019 is recorded in Contract Liability (Deferred Revenue). In prior periods, it was recorded as a 
reduction  to  Accounts  Receivable,  net.  See  Note  3,  “Revenue  Recognition,  Contracts  with  Customers,”  of  the  Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements for more information. 

(2)  Deductions  From  Reserves  and Other  for  the  years  ended  April  30, 2019,  2018  and 2017  include  foreign  exchange  translation 
adjustments. Included in Allowance for Doubtful Accounts are accounts written off, less recoveries. Included in Allowance for 
Inventory Obsolescence are items removed from inventory. Included in Valuation Allowance on Deferred Tax Assets are foreign 
tax credits generated and valuation allowances needed in connection with the Tax Act. 

97 

 
 
 
  
  
    
  
    
     
   
 
     
       
     
  
   
 
     
       
     
  
   
 
  
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report 
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Dated: July 1, 2019 

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. 
(Company) 

By:/s/ Brian A. Napack 
   Brian A. Napack 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signatures 

/s/ Brian A. Napack 
Brian A. Napack 

   President and Chief Executive Officer and  
   Director 

Titles 

/s/ John A. Kritzmacher 
John A. Kritzmacher 

   Chief Financial Officer and 
   Executive Vice President, Operations 

/s/ Christopher F. Caridi 
Christopher F. Caridi 

   Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and 
   Chief Accounting Officer 

/s/ Jesse C. Wiley 
Jesse C. Wiley 

/s/ Beth A. Birnbaum 
Beth A. Birnbaum 

/s/ William J. Pesce 
William J. Pesce 

/s/ William B. Plummer 
William B. Plummer 

/s/ Mari J. Baker 
Mari J. Baker 

/s/ David C. Dobson 
David C. Dobson 

   Chairman of the Board 

   Director 

   Director 

   Director 

   Director 

   Director 

/s/ Raymond W. McDaniel, Jr. 
Raymond W. McDaniel, Jr. 

   Director 

/s/ George D. Bell 
George D. Bell 

/s/ Laurie A. Leshin 
Laurie A. Leshin 

/s/ William Pence 
William Pence 

   Director 

   Director 

   Director 

98 

Dated 
July 1, 2019 

July 1, 2019 

July 1, 2019 

July 1, 2019 

July 1, 2019 

July 1, 2019 

July 1, 2019 

July 1, 2019 

July 1, 2019 

July 1, 2019 

July 1, 2019 

July 1, 2019 

July 1, 2019 

 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
SUBSIDIARIES OF JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. (1) 
As of April 30, 2019 

Jurisdiction In Which Incorporated 

Exhibit 21 

John Wiley & Sons International Rights, Inc. 
Wiley edu, LLC 
Wiley Periodicals LLC 
Inscape Publishing LLC 
Profiles International, LLC 
Atypon Systems LLC 
Wiley Global Technology (Private) Limited 
Wiley India Private Ltd. 
Wiley APAC Services LLP 
WWL LLC 

John Wiley & Sons Rus LLC 
Wiley International LLC 

    Wiley Europe Investment Holdings, Ltd. 
           Wiley Europe Ltd. 
                    Wiley Heyden Ltd. 
                           E-Learning SAS 

      John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. 
            Atypon Systems Ltd UK 

         John Wiley & Sons Singapore Pte. Ltd. 

              John Wiley & Sons Commercial Service (Beijing) Co., Ltd. 

          J Wiley Ltd. 

                                        John Wiley & Sons GmbH 
                                              Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA 

              CrossKnowledge Group Limited 

      Wiley Distribution Services Ltd. 

                           Blackwell Science (Overseas Holdings) 
                                    John Wiley & Sons A/S 
                                    Wiley Publishing Japan KK 
                                    Wiley Japan KK 
                                    Wiley Publishing Australia Pty Ltd. 
                                    John Wiley and Sons Australia, Ltd. 
John Wiley & Sons Canada Limited 
John Wiley & Sons (HK) Limited 
Wiley HK2 Limited 

Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Texas 
Delaware 
Sri Lanka 
India 
India 
Delaware 
Russia 
Delaware 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
France 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Singapore 
China 
United Kingdom 
Germany 
Germany 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Denmark 
Japan 
Japan 
Australia 
Australia 
Canada 
Hong Kong 
Hong Kong 

(1)  The names of other subsidiaries that would not constitute a significant subsidiary in the aggregate have been omitted. 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Exhibit 23 

The Board of Directors 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 33-62605, 333-93691, 333-123359, and 333-167697) 
on Form S-8 of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. of our reports dated July 1, 2019, with respect to the consolidated statements of financial 
position  of  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  as  of  April 30,  2019  and  2018,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  comprehensive 
income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 30, 2019, and the related notes 
and financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2019, which reports 
appear in the April 30, 2019 annual report on Form 10-K of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 

Our  report  dated  July  1,  2019,  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements  refers  to  a  change  in  the  method  of  accounting  for  certain 
advertising  and  marketing  costs.  Our  report  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements  also  refers  to  a  change  in  the  method  of 
accounting  for  revenue  recognition effective  May  1,  2018  due  to  the  adoption  of  Accounting  Standards  Codification  Topic  606, 
Revenue from Contracts with Customers. 

Our report dated July 1, 2019, on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting contains an explanatory paragraph that 
states  the  Company  acquired  Learning  House  during  fiscal  year  2019,  and  management  excluded  from  its  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2019. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

New York, New York 
July 1, 2019 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 31.1 

I, Brian A. Napack, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a.  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared; 

b.  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has 
materially  affected  or  is reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect  the registrant’s  internal control over financial reporting; 
and 

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

a.  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and 

b.  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

By: 

/s/ Brian A. Napack 
Brian A. Napack 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Dated: July 1, 2019 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
   
  
  
 
  
 
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 31.2 

I, John A. Kritzmacher, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a.  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared; 

b.  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; 
and 

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

a.  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  controls  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report 
financial information; and 

b.  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting 

By: 

/s/ John A. Kritzmacher 
John A. Kritzmacher 
Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, 
Operations 
Dated: July 1, 2019 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.1 

In connection with the Annual Report of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2019 
as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  I,  Brian  A.  Napack,  President  and  Chief 
Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002, that based on my knowledge: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

(2)  The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and results  of 

operations of the Company. 

By: 

/s/ Brian A. Napack 
Brian A. Napack 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Dated: July 1, 2019 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
   
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.2 

In connection with the Annual Report of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2019 
as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  I,  John  A.  Kritzmacher,  Chief  Financial 
Officer and Executive Vice President, Operations of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that based on my knowledge: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

(2)  The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of 

operations of the Company. 

By: 

/s/ John A. Kritzmacher 
John A. Kritzmacher 
Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, 
Operations 
Dated: July 1, 2019